show access-group mode interface
To display the ACL configuration on a Layer 2 interface, use the show access-group mode interface command.
show access-group mode interface [interface interface-number]
Syntax Description
interface |
(Optional) Interface type; valid values are ethernet, fastethernet, gigabitethernet, tengigabitethernet, and port-channel. |
interface-number |
(Optional) Interface number. |
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC mode
Command History
|
|
12.1(19)EW |
Support for this command was introduced on the Catalyst 4500 series switch. |
12.2(25)EW |
Support for the 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface was introduced on the Catalyst 4500 series switch. |
Usage Guidelines
The valid values for the port number depend on the chassis used.
Examples
This example shows how to display the ACL configuration on the Fast Ethernet interface 6/1:
Switch# show access-group mode interface fa6/1
Interface FastEthernet6/1:
Access group mode is: merge
Related Commands
|
|
access-group mode |
Specifies the override modes (for example, VACL overrides PACL) and the non-override modes (for example, merge or strict mode). |
show adjacency
To display information about the Layer 3 switching adjacency table, use the show adjacency command.
show adjacency [{interface interface-number} | {null interface-number} | {port-channel number} | {vlan vlan-id} | detail | internal | summary]
Syntax Description
interface |
(Optional) Interface type; possible valid values are ethernet, fastethernet, gigabitethernet, tengigabitethernet, pos, ge-wan, and atm. |
interface-number |
(Optional) Module and port number; see the "Usage Guidelines" section for valid values. |
null interface-number |
(Optional) Specifies the null interface; the valid value is 0. |
port-channel number |
(Optional) Specifies the channel interface; valid values are a maximum of 64 values ranging from 1 to 256. |
vlan vlan-id |
(Optional) Specifies the VLAN; valid values are from 1 to 4094. |
detail |
(Optional) Displays the information about the protocol detail and timer. |
internal |
(Optional) Displays the information about the internal data structure. |
summary |
(Optional) Displays a summary of CEF-adjacency information. |
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
EXEC
Command History
|
|
12.2(25)EW |
Extended to include the 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface. |
Usage Guidelines
The interface-number argument designates the module and port number. Valid values for interface-number depend on the specified interface type and the chassis and module that are used. For example, if you specify a Gigabit Ethernet interface and have a 48-port 10/100BASE-T Ethernet module that is installed in a 13-slot chassis, valid values for the module number are from 1 to 13, and valid values for the port number are from 1 to 48.
Hardware Layer 3 switching adjacency statistics are updated every 60 seconds.
The following information is contained in the show adjacency command:
•Protocol interface.
•Type of routing protocol that is configured on the interface.
•Interface address.
•Method of adjacency that was learned.
•MAC address of the adjacent router.
•Time left before the adjacency rolls out of the adjacency table. After it rolls out, a packet must use the same next hop to the destination.
Examples
This example shows how to display adjacency information:
Protocol Interface Address
IP FastEthernet2/3 172.20.52.1(3045)
IP FastEthernet2/3 172.20.52.22(11)
This example shows how to display a summary of adjacency information:
Switch# show adjacency summary
Adjacency Table has 2 adjacencies
Interface Adjacency Count
This example shows how to display protocol detail and timer information:
Switch# show adjacency detail
Protocol Interface Address
IP FastEthernet2/3 172.20.52.1(3045)
000000000FF920000380000000000000
00000000000000000000000000000000
00605C865B2800D0BB0F980B0800
IP FastEthernet2/3 172.20.52.22(11)
000000000FF920000380000000000000
00000000000000000000000000000000
00801C93804000D0BB0F980B0800
This example shows how to display adjacency information for a specific interface:
Switch# show adjacency fastethernet2/3
Protocol Interface Address
IP FastEthernet2/3 172.20.52.1(3045)
IP FastEthernet2/3 172.20.52.22(11)
Related Commands
show ancp multicast
To display multicast streams activated by Access Node Control Protocol (ANCP), use the show ancp multicast command.
show ancp multicast [group groupaddr] [source sourceaddr] | [ interface interfacename]
Syntax Description
group groupaddr |
(Optional) Specifies a multicast group address. |
source sourceaddr |
(Optional) Specifies a multicast source address. |
interface interfacename |
(Optional) Specifies a multicast flowing on a specific interface. |
Defaults
Displays all the multicast streams activated with ANCP.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC
Command History
|
|
12.2(50)SG |
Support for this command was introduced on the Catalyst 4500 series switch. |
Examples
This example shows how to display multicast streams activated by ANCP:
ANCP-Client# show ancp mul
ClientID VLAN Interface Joined on
0x01060004000A0703 10 Fa7/3 18:27:35 UTC Sat Sep 13 2008
0x0106000400140703 20 Fa7/3 18:27:35 UTC Sat Sep 13 2008
0x01060004000A0704 10 Fa7/4 18:25:43 UTC Sat Sep 13 2008
0x0106000400140704 20 Fa7/4 18:25:43 UTC Sat Sep 13 2008
0x01060004000A0703 10 Fa7/3 18:27:37 UTC Sat Sep 13 2008
0x0106000400140703 20 Fa7/3 18:27:35 UTC Sat Sep 13 2008
0x01060004000A0704 10 Fa7/4 18:25:43 UTC Sat Sep 13 2008
0x0106000400140704 20 Fa7/4 18:25:43 UTC Sat Sep 13 2008
show arp access-list
To display detailed information on an ARP access list, use the show arp command.
show arp access-list
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
EXEC
Command History
|
|
12.1(19)EW |
Support for this command was introduced on the Catalyst 4500 series switch. |
Examples
This example shows how to display the ARP ACL information for a switch:
Switch# show arp access-list
permit ip 10.101.1.1 0.0.0.255 mac any
permit ip 20.3.1.0 0.0.0.255 mac any
Related Commands
|
|
access-group mode |
Specifies the override modes (for example, VACL overrides PACL) and the non-override modes (for example, merge or strict mode). |
arp access-list |
Defines an ARP access list or adds clauses at the end of a predefined list. |
ip arp inspection filter vlan |
Permits ARPs from hosts that are configured for static IP when DAI is enabled, defines an ARP access list, and applies the access list to a VLAN. |
show authentication
To display the Auth Manager information, use the show authentication command in EXEC or Privileged EXEC mode.
show authentication {interface interface | registrations | sessions [session-id session-id] [handle handle] [interface interface] [mac mac] [method method]
Syntax Description
interface interface |
Displays all of the Auth Manager details associated with the specified interface. |
registrations |
Displays details of all methods registered with the Auth Manager. |
sessions |
Displays details of the current Auth Manager sessions (for example, client devices). If you do not enter any optional specifiers, all current active sessions are displayed. You can enter the specifiers singly or in combination to display a specific session (or group of sessions). |
session-id session-id |
(Optional) Specifies an Auth Manager session. |
handle handle |
(Optional) Specifies the particular handle for which Auth Manager information is displayed. Range is 1 to 4294967295. |
mac mac |
(Optional) Displays Auth Manager session information for a specified MAC address. |
method method |
(Optional) Displays all clients authorized by a specified authentication method. Valid values are as follows:
•dot1x •mab •webauth |
Command Default
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
EXEC
Command History
|
|
12.2(50)SG |
This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Table 2-13 describes the significant fields shown in the show authentication display.
Note The possible values for the status of sessions are given below. For a session in terminal state, "Authz Success" or "Authz Failed" are displayed. "No methods" is displayed if no method has provided a result.
Table 2-13 show authentication Command Output
|
|
Idle |
The session has been initialized and no methods have run yet. |
Running |
A method is running for this session. |
No methods |
No method has provided a result for this session. |
Authc Success |
A method has resulted in authentication success for this session. |
Authc Failed |
A method has resulted in authentication fail for this session. |
Authz Success |
All features have been successfully applied for this session. |
Authz Failed |
A feature has failed to be applied for this session. |
Table 2-14 lists the possible values for the state of methods. For a session in terminal state, "Authc Success," "Authc Failed," or "Failed over" are displayed (the latter indicates a method ran and failed over to the next method which did not provide a result. "Not run" is displayed in the case of sessions that are synchronized on standby.
Table 2-14 State Method Values
|
|
|
Not run |
Terminal |
The method has not run for this session. |
Running |
Intermediate |
The method is running for this session. |
Failed over |
Terminal |
The method has failed and the next method is expected to provide a result. |
Authc Success |
Terminal |
The method has provided a successful authentication result for the session. |
Authc Failed |
Terminal |
The method has provided a failed authentication result for the session. |
Examples
The following example shows how to display authentication methods registered with Auth Manager:
Switch# show authentication registrations
Auth Methods registered with the Auth Manager:
The following example shows how to display Auth Manager details for a specific interface:
Switch# show authentication interface gigabitethernet1/23
MAC Address Domain Status Handle Interface
000e.84af.59bd DATA Authz Success 0xE0000000 GigabitEthernet1/0/23
The following example shows how to display all Auth Manager sessions on the switch:
Switch# show authentication sessions
Interface MAC Address Method Domain Status Session ID
Gi3/45 (unknown) N/A DATA Authz Failed 0908140400000007003651EC
Gi3/46 (unknown) N/A DATA Authz Success 09081404000000080057C274
The following example shows how to display all Auth Manager sessions on an interface:
Switch# show authentication sessions int gi 3/46
Interface: GigabitEthernet3/46
Oper host mode: multi-host
Authorized By: Guest Vlan
Common Session ID: 09081404000000080057C274
Acct Session ID: 0x0000000A
The following example shows how to display Auth Manager session for a specified MAC address:
Switch# show authentication sessions mac 000e.84af.59bd
Interface: GigabitEthernet1/23
MAC Address: 000e.84af.59bd
Oper host mode: single-host
Authorized By: Authentication Server
The following example shows how to display all clients authorized via a specified auth method:
Switch# show authentication sessions method mab
No Auth Manager contexts match supplied criteria
Switch# show authentication sessions method dot1x
MAC Address Domain Status Handle Interface
000e.84af.59bd DATA Authz Success 0xE0000000 GigabitEthernet1/23
Related Commands
|
|
authentication control-direction |
Changes the port control to unidirectional or bidirectional. |
authentication critical recovery delay |
Configures the 802.1X critical authentication parameters. |
authentication event |
Configures the actions for authentication events. |
authentication fallback |
Enables the Webauth fallback and specifies the fallback profile to use when failing over to Webauth. |
authentication host-mode |
Defines the classification of a session that will be used to apply the access-policies using the host-mode configuration. |
authentication open |
Enables open access on this port. |
authentication order |
Specifies the order in which authentication methods should be attempted for a client on an interface. |
authentication periodic |
Enables reauthentication for this port. |
authentication port-control |
Configures the port-control value. |
authentication priority |
Specifies the priority of authentication methods on an interface. |
authentication timer |
Configures the authentication timer. |
authentication violation |
Specifies the action to be taken when a security violation exists on a port. |
show auto install status
To display the status of an automatic installation, use the show auto install status command.
show auto install status
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC mode
Command History
|
|
12.2(20)EW |
Support for this command was introduced on the Catalyst 4500 series switch. |
Examples
This example shows how to display the IP address of the TFTP server and to display whether or not the switch is currently acquiring the configuration file on the TFTP server:
Switch# show auto install status
Status : Downloading config file
Config File Fetched : Undetermined
The first IP address in the display indicates the server that is used for the automatic installation. The second IP address indicates the TFTP server that provided the configuration file.
show auto qos
To display the automatic quality of service (auto-QoS) configuration that is applied, use the show auto qos user EXEC command.
show auto qos [interface [interface-id]] [{begin | exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description
interface interface-id |
(Optional) Displays auto-QoS information for the specified interface or for all interfaces. Valid interfaces include physical ports. |
begin |
(Optional) Begins with the line that matches the expression. |
exclude |
(Optional) Excludes lines that match the expression. |
include |
(Optional) Includes lines that match the specified expression. |
expression |
(Optional) Expression in the output to use as a reference point. |
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC mode
Command History
|
|
12.1(19)EW |
Support for this command was introduced on the Catalyst 4500 series switch. |
Usage Guidelines
The show auto qos interface interface-id command displays the auto-QoS configuration; it does not display any user changes to the configuration that might be in effect.
To display information about the QoS configuration that might be affected by auto-QoS on a non-Supervisor Engine 6-E, use one of these commands:
•show qos
•show qos map
•show qos interface interface-id
•show running-config
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter exclude output, the lines that contain output do not appear, but the lines that contain Output appear.
Examples
This example shows output from the show auto qos command when auto-QoS is enabled:
auto qos voip cisco-phone
Related Commands
|
|
auto qos voip |
Automatically configures quality of service (auto-QoS) for Voice over IP (VoIP) within a QoS domain. |
show bootflash:
To display information about the bootflash: file system, use the show bootflash: command.
show bootflash: [all | chips | filesys]
Syntax Description
all |
(Optional) Displays all possible Flash information. |
chips |
(Optional) Displays Flash chip information. |
filesys |
(Optional) Displays file system information. |
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
EXEC
Command History
|
|
12.1(8a)EW |
Support for this command was introduced on the Catalyst 4500 series switch. |
Examples
This example shows how to display file system status information:
Switch>
show bootflash: filesys
-------- F I L E S Y S T E M S T A T U S --------
DEVICE INFO BLOCK: bootflash
Magic Number = 6887635 File System Vers = 10000 (1.0)
Length = 1000000 Sector Size = 40000
Programming Algorithm = 39 Erased State = FFFFFFFF
File System Offset = 40000 Length = F40000
MONLIB Offset = 100 Length = C628
Bad Sector Map Offset = 3FFF8 Length = 8
Squeeze Log Offset = F80000 Length = 40000
Squeeze Buffer Offset = FC0000 Length = 40000
Bytes Used = 917CE8 Bytes Available = 628318
Bad Sectors = 0 Spared Sectors = 0
OK Files = 2 Bytes = 917BE8
Deleted Files = 0 Bytes = 0
Files w/Errors = 0 Bytes = 0
This example shows how to display system image information:
-# - ED --type-- --crc--- -seek-- nlen -length- -----date/time------ name
1 .. image 8C5A393A 237E3C 14 2063804 Aug 23 1999 16:18:45 c4-boot-mz
2 .. image D86EE0AD 957CE8 9 7470636 Sep 20 1999 13:48:49 rp.halley
This example shows how to display all bootflash information:
Switch>
show bootflash: all
-# - ED --type-- --crc--- -seek-- nlen -length- -----date/time------ name
1 .. image 8C5A393A 237E3C 14 2063804 Aug 23 1999 16:18:45 c4-boot-
2 .. image D86EE0AD 957CE8 9 7470636 Sep 20 1999 13:48:49 rp.halley
6456088 bytes available (9534696 bytes used)
-------- F I L E S Y S T E M S T A T U S --------
DEVICE INFO BLOCK: bootflash
Magic Number = 6887635 File System Vers = 10000 (1.0)
Length = 1000000 Sector Size = 40000
Programming Algorithm = 39 Erased State = FFFFFFFF
File System Offset = 40000 Length = F40000
MONLIB Offset = 100 Length = C628
Bad Sector Map Offset = 3FFF8 Length = 8
Squeeze Log Offset = F80000 Length = 40000
Squeeze Buffer Offset = FC0000 Length = 40000
Bytes Used = 917CE8 Bytes Available = 628318
Bad Sectors = 0 Spared Sectors = 0
OK Files = 2 Bytes = 917BE8
Deleted Files = 0 Bytes = 0
Files w/Errors = 0 Bytes = 0
show bootvar
To display BOOT environment variable information, use the show bootvar command.
show bootvar
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC mode
Command History
|
|
12.1(8a)EW |
Support for this command was introduced on the Catalyst 4500 series switch. |
Examples
This example shows how to display BOOT environment variable information:
CONFIG_FILE variable does not exist
BOOTLDR variable does not exist
Configuration register is 0x0
show cable-diagnostics tdr
To display the test results for the TDR cable diagnostics, use the show cable-diagnostics tdr command.
show cable-diagnostics tdr {interface {interface interface-number}}
Note This command will be deprecated in future Cisco IOS releases; use the diagnostic start command instead.
Syntax Description
interface interface |
Interface type; valid values are fastethernet and gigabitethernet. |
interface-number |
Module and port number. |
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC mode
Command History
|
|
12.2(25)SG |
Support for this command was introduced on the Catalyst 4500 series switch. |
Usage Guidelines
The TDR test is supported on Catalyst 4500 series switches running Cisco IOS Release 12.2(25)SG for the following line cards only:
•WS-X4548-GB-RJ45
•WS-X4548-GB-RJ45V
•WS-X4524-GB-RJ45V
•WS-X4013+TS
•WS-C4948
•WS-C4948-10GE
The distance to the fault is displayed in meters (m).
Examples
This example shows how to display information about the TDR test:
Switch# show cable-diagnostics tdr interface gi4/13
Interface Speed Local pair Cable length Remote channel Status
Gi4/13 0Mbps 1-2 102 +-2m Unknown Fault
3-6 100 +-2m Unknown Fault
4-5 102 +-2m Unknown Fault
7-8 102 +-2m Unknown Fault
Table 2-15 describes the fields in the show cable-diagnostics tdr command output.
Table 2-15 show cable-diagnostics tdr Command Output Fields
|
|
Interface |
Interface tested. |
Speed |
Current line speed. |
Pair |
Local pair name. |
Cable Length |
Distance to the fault in meters (m). |
Channel |
Pair designation (A, B, C, or D). |
Status |
Pair status displayed is one of the following: •Terminated—The link is up. •Fault—Cable fault (open or short) |
Related Commands
show call-home
To display the configured CallHome information, use the show call-home command in privileged EXEC mode.
show call-home [alert-group | detail | mail-server | profile {all | name} | statistics]
Syntax Description
alert-group |
(Optional) Displays the available alert group. |
detail |
(Optional) Displays the CallHome configuration in detail. |
mail-server |
(Optional) Displays the CallHome mail server-related information. |
profile all |
(Optional) Displays configuration information for all existing profiles. |
profile name |
(Optional) Displays configuration information for a specific destination profile. |
statistics |
(Optional) Displays the CallHome statistics. |
Command Default
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC (#)
Command History
|
|
12.2(52)SG |
This command was introduced on the Catalyst 4500 series switch, Supervisor Engine 6-E, and Catalyst 4900M chassis. |
Examples
The following example displays the configured CallHome settings:
Current call home settings:
call home feature : disable
call home message's from address: switch@example.com
call home message's reply-to address: support@example.com
vrf for call-home messages: Not yet set up
contact person's email address: technical@example.com
contact person's phone number: +1-408-555-1234
street address: 1234 Picaboo Street, Any city, Any state, 12345
Mail-server[1]: Address: smtp.example.com Priority: 1
Mail-server[2]: Address: 192.168.0.1 Priority: 2
Rate-limit: 20 message(s) per minute
Keyword State Description
------------------------ ------- -------------------------------
configuration Disable configuration info
diagnostic Disable diagnostic info
environment Disable environmental info
inventory Enable inventory info
syslog Disable syslog info
Configured CallHome Information in Detail
Switch# show call-home detail
Current call home settings:
call home feature : disable
call home message's from address: switch@example.com
call home message's reply-to address: support@example.com
vrf for call-home messages: Not yet set up
contact person's email address: technical@example.com
contact person's phone number: +1-408-555-1234
street address: 1234 Picaboo Street, Any city, Any state, 12345
Mail-server[1]: Address: smtp.example.com Priority: 1
Mail-server[2]: Address: 192.168.0.1 Priority: 2
Rate-limit: 20 message(s) per minute
Keyword State Description
------------------------ ------- -------------------------------
configuration Disable configuration info
diagnostic Disable diagnostic info
environment Disable environmental info
inventory Enable inventory info
syslog Disable syslog info
Preferred Message Format: long-text
Message Size Limit: 3145728 Bytes
Email address(es): noc@example.com
HTTP address(es): Not yet set up
------------------------ ------------
------------------------ ------------
Preferred Message Format: xml
Message Size Limit: 3145728 Bytes
Email address(es): callhome@cisco.com
HTTP address(es): https://tools.cisco.com/its/service/oddce/services/DDCEService
Periodic configuration info message is scheduled every 1 day of the month at 09:27
Periodic inventory info message is scheduled every 1 day of the month at 09: 12
------------------------ ------------
------------------------ ------------
Available Call Home Alert Groups
Switch# show call-home alert-group
Keyword State Description
------------------------ ------- -------------------------------
configuration Disable configuration info
diagnostic Disable diagnostic info
environment Disable environmental info
inventory Enable inventory info
syslog Disable syslog info
E-Mail Server Status Information
Switch# show call-home mail-server status
Please wait. Checking for mail server status ...
Translating "smtp.example.com"
Mail-server[1]: Address: smtp.example.com Priority: 1 [Not Available]
Mail-server[2]: Address: 192.168.0.1 Priority: 2 [Not Available]
Information for All Destination Profiles (Predefined and User-Defined)
Switch# show call-home profile all
Preferred Message Format: long-text
Message Size Limit: 3145728 Bytes
Email address(es): noc@example.com
HTTP address(es): Not yet set up
------------------------ ------------
------------------------ ------------
Preferred Message Format: xml
Message Size Limit: 3145728 Bytes
Email address(es): callhome@cisco.com
HTTP address(es): https://tools.cisco.com/its/service/oddce/services/DDCEService
Periodic configuration info message is scheduled every 1 day of the month at 09:27
Periodic inventory info message is scheduled every 1 day of the month at 09:12
------------------------ ------------
------------------------ ------------
Information for a User-Defined Destination Profile
Switch# show call-home profile CiscoTAC-1
Preferred Message Format: xml
Message Size Limit: 3145728 Bytes
Email address(es): callhome@cisco.com
HTTP address(es): https://tools.cisco.com/its/service/oddce/services/DDCEService
Periodic configuration info message is scheduled every 11 day of the month at 11:25
Periodic inventory info message is scheduled every 11 day of the month at 11:10
------------------------ ------------
------------------------ ------------
Call Home Statistics
Switch# show call-home statistics
Message Types Total Email HTTP
------------- -------------------- -------------------- ------------------
Last call-home message sent time: n/a
Related Commands
show cdp neighbors
To display detailed information about the neighboring devices that are discovered through CDP, use the show cdp neighbors command.
show cdp neighbors [type number] [detail]
Syntax Description
type |
(Optional) Interface type that is connected to the neighbors about which you want information; possible valid values are ethernet, fastethernet, gigabitethernet, tengigabitethernet, port-channel, and vlan. |
number |
(Optional) Interface number that is connected to the neighbors about which you want information. |
detail |
(Optional) Displays detailed information about a neighbor (or neighbors) including network address, enabled protocols, hold time, and software version. |
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC mode
Command History
|
|
12.2(25)EW |
Extended to include the 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface. |
Usage Guidelines
The vlan keyword is supported in Catalyst 4500 series switches that are configured with a Supervisor Engine 2.
The port-channel values are from 0 to 282; values from 257 to 282 are supported on the CSM and the FWSM only.
Examples
This example shows how to display the information about the CDP neighbors:
Switch# show cdp neighbors
Capability Codes: R - Router, T - Trans Bridge, B - Source Route Bridge
S - Switch, H - Host, I - IGMP, r - Repeater, P - Phone
Device ID Local Intrfce Holdtme Capability Platform Port ID
lab-7206 Eth 0 157 R 7206VXR Fas 0/0/0
lab-as5300-1 Eth 0 163 R AS5300 Fas 0
lab-as5300-2 Eth 0 159 R AS5300 Eth 0
lab-as5300-3 Eth 0 122 R AS5300 Eth 0
lab-as5300-4 Eth 0 132 R AS5300 Fas 0/0
lab-3621 Eth 0 140 R S 3631-telcoFas 0/0
008024 2758E0 Eth 0 132 T CAT3000 1/2
Table 2-16 describes the fields that are shown in the example.
Table 2-16 show cdp neighbors Field Descriptions
|
|
Device ID |
Configured ID (name), MAC address, or serial number of the neighbor device. |
Local Intrfce |
(Local Interface) The protocol that is used by the connectivity media. |
Holdtme |
(Holdtime) Remaining amount of time, in seconds, that the current device holds the CDP advertisement from a transmitting router before discarding it. |
Capability |
Capability code that is discovered on the device. This device type is listed in the CDP Neighbors table. Possible values are as follows: R—Router T—Transparent bridge B—Source-routing bridge S—Switch H—Host I—IGMP device r—Repeater P—Phone |
Platform |
Product number of the device. |
Port ID |
Protocol and port number of the device. |
This example shows how to display detailed information about your CDP neighbors:
Switch# show cdp neighbors detail
-------------------------
IP address: 172.19.169.83
Platform: cisco 7206VXR, Capabilities: Router
Interface: Ethernet0, Port ID (outgoing port): FastEthernet0/0/0
Cisco Internetwork Operating System Software
IOS (tm) 5800 Software (C5800-P4-M), Version 12.1(2)
Copyright (c) 1986-2002 by Cisco Systems, Inc.
-------------------------
IP address: 172.19.169.87
Table 2-17 describes the fields that are shown in the example.
Table 2-17 show cdp neighbors detail Field Descriptions
|
|
Device ID |
Name of the neighbor device and either the MAC address or the serial number of this device. |
Entry address(es) |
List of network addresses of neighbor devices. |
[network protocol] address |
Network address of the neighbor device. The address can be in IP, IPX, AppleTalk, DECnet, or CLNS protocol conventions. |
Platform |
Product name and number of the neighbor device. |
Capabilities |
Device type of the neighbor. This device can be a router, a bridge, a transparent bridge, a source-routing bridge, a switch, a host, an IGMP device, or a repeater. |
Interface |
Protocol and port number of the port on the current device. |
Holdtime |
Remaining amount of time, in seconds, that the current device holds the CDP advertisement from a transmitting router before discarding it. |
Version: |
Software version running on the neighbor device. |
advertisement version: |
Version of CDP that is being used for CDP advertisements. |
Duplex: |
Duplex state of connection between the current device and the neighbor device. |
Related Commands
|
|
show cdp (refer to Cisco IOS documentation) |
Displays global CDP information, including timer and hold-time information. |
show cdp entry (refer to Cisco IOS documentation) |
Displays information about a specific neighboring device discovered using Cisco Discovery Protocol (CDP). |
show cdp interface (refer to Cisco IOS documentation) |
Displays information about the interfaces on which Cisco Discovery Protocol (CDP) is enabled. |
show cdp traffic (refer to Cisco IOS documentation) |
Displays traffic information from the CDP table. |
show class-map
To display class map information, use the show class-map command.
show class-map class_name
Syntax Description
class_name |
Name of the class map. |
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC mode
Command History
|
|
12.1(8a)EW |
Support for this command was introduced on the Catalyst 4500 series switch. |
12.2(25)SG |
Displays results from the full-flow option. |
Examples
This example shows how to display class map information for all class maps:
Class Map match-any class-default (id 0)
Class Map match-any class-simple (id 2)
Class Map match-all ipp5 (id 1)
Class Map match-all agg-2 (id 3)
This example shows how to display class map information for a specific class map:
Switch# show class-map ipp5
Class Map match-all ipp5 (id 1)
Assume there are two active flows as shown below on Fast Ethernet interface 6/1:
SrcIp DstIp IpProt SrcL4Port DstL4Port
--------------------------------------------------------
192.168.10.10 192.168.20.20 20 6789 81
192.168.10.10 192.168.20.20 20 6789 21
With following configuration, each flow will be policed to a 1000000 bps with an allowed 9000-byte burst value.
Note If you use the match flow ip source-address|destination-address command, these two flows are consolidated into one flow and they have the same source and destination address.
Enter configuration commands, one per line. End with CNTL/Z.
Switch(config)# class-map c1
Switch(config-cmap)# match flow ip source-address ip destination-address ip protocol l4
source-port l4 destination-port
Switch(config-cmap)# exit
Switch(config)# policy-map p1
Switch(config-pmap)# class c1
Switch(config-pmap-c)# police 1000000 9000
Switch(config-pmap-c)# exit
Switch(config-pmap)# exit
Switch(config)# interface fastEthernet 6/1
Switch(config-if)# service-policy input p1
Switch# show policy-map interface
match flow ip source-address ip destination-address ip protocol l4 source-port l4
destination-port
police 1000000 bps 9000 byte conform-action transmit exceed-action drop
interface FastEthernet 6/1
Switch# show class-map c1
Class Map match-all c1 (id 2)
Match flow ip source-address ip destination-address ip protocol l4 source-port l4
destination-port
Related Commands
|
|
class-map |
Creates a class map to be used for matching packets to the class whose name you specify and to be used enter class-map configuration mode. |
show policy-map |
Displays information about the policy map. |
show policy-map interface |
Displays the statistics and configurations of the input and output policies that are attached to an interface. |
show diagnostic content
To display test information about the test ID, test attributes, and supported coverage test levels for each test and for all modules, use the show diagnostic content command.
show diagnostic content module {all | num}
Syntax Description
all |
Displays all the modules on the chassis. |
num |
Module number. |
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
EXEC
Command History
|
|
12.2(20)EWA |
Support for this command was introduced on the Catalyst 4500 series switch. |
Examples
This example shows how to display the test suite, monitoring interval, and test attributes for all the modules of the chassis:
Switch# show diagnostic content module all
Diagnostics test suite attributes:
B/* - Basic ondemand test / NA
P/V/* - Per port test / Per device test / NA
D/N/* - Disruptive test / Non-disruptive test / NA
S/* - Only applicable to standby unit / NA
X/* - Not a health monitoring test / NA
F/* - Fixed monitoring interval test / NA
E/* - Always enabled monitoring test / NA
A/I - Monitoring is active / Monitoring is inactive
m/* - Mandatory bootup test, can't be bypassed / NA
o/* - Ongoing test, always active / NA
ID Test Name Attributes (day hh:mm:ss.ms)
==== ========================================== ============ =================
1) supervisor-bootup -----------------------> **D****I** not configured
2) packet-memory-bootup --------------------> **D****I** not configured
3) packet-memory-ongoing -------------------> **N****I*o not configured
Diagnostics test suite attributes:
B/* - Basic ondemand test / NA
P/V/* - Per port test / Per device test / NA
D/N/* - Disruptive test / Non-disruptive test / NA
S/* - Only applicable to standby unit / NA
X/* - Not a health monitoring test / NA
F/* - Fixed monitoring interval test / NA
E/* - Always enabled monitoring test / NA
A/I - Monitoring is active / Monitoring is inactive
m/* - Mandatory bootup test, can't be bypassed / NA
o/* - Ongoing test, always active / NA
ID Test Name Attributes (day hh:mm:ss.ms)
==== ========================================== ============ =================
1) linecard-online-diag --------------------> **D****I** not configured
Related Commands
show diagnostic result module
To display the module-based diagnostic test results, use the show diagnostic result module command.
show diagnostic result module [slot-num | all] [test [test-id | test-id-range | all]] [detail]
Syntax Description
slot-num |
(Optional) Specifies the slot on which diagnostics are displayed. |
all |
(Optional) Displays the diagnostics for all slots. |
test |
(Optional) Displays selected tests on the specified module. |
test-id |
(Optional) Specifies a single test ID. |
test-id-range |
(Optional) Specifies a range of test IDs. |
all |
(Optional) Displays the diagnostics for all tests. |
detail |
(Optional) Displays the complete test results. |
Defaults
A summary of the test results for all modules in the chassis is displayed.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC mode
Command History
|
|
12.2(18)EW |
Support for this command was introduced on the Catalyst 4500 series switch. |
Examples
This example shows how to display the summary results for all modules in the chassis:
Switch# show diagnostic result module
Current bootup diagnostic level: minimal
Overall diagnostic result: PASS
Diagnostic level at card bootup: bypass
Test results: (. = Pass, F = Fail, U = Untested)
1) supervisor-bootup -----------------------> U
2) packet-memory-bootup --------------------> U
3) packet-memory-ongoing -------------------> U
Overall diagnostic result: PASS
Diagnostic level at card bootup: minimal
Test results: (. = Pass, F = Fail, U = Untested)
1) linecard-online-diag --------------------> .
Overall diagnostic result: PASS
Diagnostic level at card bootup: minimal
Test results: (. = Pass, F = Fail, U = Untested)
1) linecard-online-diag --------------------> .
Overall diagnostic result: PASS
Diagnostic level at card bootup: minimal
Test results: (. = Pass, F = Fail, U = Untested)
1) linecard-online-diag --------------------> .
This example shows how to display the online diagnostics for module 1:
Switch# show diagnostic result module 1 detail
Current bootup diagnostic level: minimal
Overall diagnostic result: PASS
Diagnostic level at card bootup: minimal
Test results: (. = Pass, F = Fail, U = Untested)
___________________________________________________________________________
1) supervisor-bootup -----------------------> .
Error code --------------------------> 0 (DIAG_SUCCESS)
Total run count ---------------------> 0
Last test execution time ------------> n/a
First test failure time -------------> n/a
Last test failure time --------------> n/a
Last test pass time -----------------> n/a
Total failure count -----------------> 0
Consecutive failure count -----------> 0
Power-On-Self-Test Results for ACTIVE Supervisor
Power-on-self-test for Module 1: WS-X4014
Port/Test Status: (. = Pass, F = Fail)
Reset Reason: PowerUp Software/User
Port Traffic: L2 Serdes Loopback ...
0: . 1: . 2: . 3: . 4: . 5: . 6: . 7: . 8: . 9: . 10: . 11: .
12: . 13: . 14: . 15: . 16: . 17: . 18: . 19: . 20: . 21: . 22: . 23: .
24: . 25: . 26: . 27: . 28: . 29: . 30: . 31: .
Port Traffic: L2 Asic Loopback ...
0: . 1: . 2: . 3: . 4: . 5: . 6: . 7: . 8: . 9: . 10: . 11: .
12: . 13: . 14: . 15: . 16: . 17: . 18: . 19: . 20: . 21: . 22: . 23: .
24: . 25: . 26: . 27: . 28: . 29: . 30: . 31: .
Port Traffic: L3 Asic Loopback ...
0: . 1: . 2: . 3: . 4: . 5: . 6: . 7: . 8: . 9: . 10: . 11: .
12: . 13: . 14: . 15: . 16: . 17: . 18: . 19: . 20: . 21: . 22: . 23: .
24: . 25: . 26: . 27: . 28: . 29: . 30: . 31: . au: .
Switch Subsystem Memory ...
1: . 2: . 3: . 4: . 5: . 6: . 7: . 8: . 9: . 10: . 11: . 12: .
13: . 14: . 15: . 16: . 17: . 18: . 19: . 20: . 21: . 22: . 23: . 24: .
25: . 26: . 27: . 28: . 29: . 30: . 31: . 32: . 33: . 34: . 35: . 36: .
37: . 38: . 39: . 40: . 41: . 42: . 43: . 44: . 45: . 46: . 47: . 48: .
49: . 50: . 51: . 52: . 53: . 54: .
___________________________________________________________________________
2) packet-memory-bootup --------------------> .
Error code --------------------------> 0 (DIAG_SUCCESS)
Total run count ---------------------> 0
Last test execution time ------------> n/a
First test failure time -------------> n/a
Last test failure time --------------> n/a
Last test pass time -----------------> n/a
Total failure count -----------------> 0
Consecutive failure count -----------> 0
packet buffers on free list: 64557 bad: 0 used for ongoing tests: 979
Number of errors found: 0
Cells with hard errors (failed two or more tests): 0
Cells with soft errors (failed one test, includes hard): 0
Suspect bad cells (uses a block that tested bad): 0
good buffers: 65536 (100.0%)
___________________________________________________________________________
3) packet-memory-ongoing -------------------> U
Error code --------------------------> 0 (DIAG_SUCCESS)
Total run count ---------------------> 0
Last test execution time ------------> n/a
First test failure time -------------> n/a
Last test failure time --------------> n/a
Last test pass time -----------------> n/a
Total failure count -----------------> 0
Consecutive failure count -----------> 0
packet buffers on free list: 64557 bad: 0 used for ongoing tests: 979
Packet memory errors: 0 0
Current alert level: green
Per 5 seconds in the last minute:
Per minute in the last hour:
Per hour in the last day:
Per day in the last 30 days:
Direct memory test failures per minute in the last hour:
Potential false positives: 0 0
Ignored because of rx errors: 0 0
Ignored because of cdm fifo overrun: 0 0
Ignored because of oir: 0 0
Ignored because isl frames received: 0 0
Ignored after writing hw stats: 0 0
Ignored on high gigaport: 0
Ongoing diag action mode: Normal
Last 1000 Memory Test Failures:
Last 1000 Packet Memory errors:
First 1000 Packet Memory errors:
___________________________________________________________________________
show diagnostic result module test
To display the results of the bootup packet memory test, use the show diagnostic result module test command. The output indicates whether the test passed, failed, or was not run.
show diagnostic result module [N | all] [test test-id] [detail]
Syntax Description
N |
(Optional) Specifies the module number. |
all |
(Optional) Specifies all modules. |
test test-id |
(Optional) Specifies the number for the tdr test on the platform. |
detail |
(Optional) Specifies the display of detailed information for analysis. This option is recommended. |
Defaults
Non-detailed results.
Command Modes
EXEC mode
Command History
|
|
12.2(25)SG |
This command was introduced on the Catalyst 4500 series switch. |
Usage Guidelines
The detail keyword is intended for use by Cisco support personnel when analyzing failures.
Examples
This example shows how to display the results of the bootup packet memory tests:
Switch# show diagnostic result module 6 detail
Overall diagnostic result:PASS
Test results:(. = Pass, F = Fail, U = Untested)
___________________________________________________________________________
1) linecard-online-diag --------------------> .
Error code --------------------------> 0 (DIAG_SUCCESS)
Total run count ---------------------> 1
Last test execution time ------------> Jan 21 2001 19:48:30
First test failure time -------------> n/a
Last test failure time --------------> n/a
Last test pass time -----------------> Jan 21 2001 19:48:30
Total failure count -----------------> 0
Consecutive failure count -----------> 0
Slot Ports Card Type Diag Status Diag Details
---- ----- -------------------------------------- ---------------- ------------
6 48 10/100/1000BaseT (RJ45)V, Cisco/IEEE Passed None
L = Loopback failure S = Stub failure
I = Ilc failure P = Port failure
E = SEEPROM failure G = GBIC integrity check failure
Ports 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ports 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ports 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
___________________________________________________________________________
Port 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
. U U U U U U U U U U U U U U U U U U U U U U U
Port 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
U U U U U U U U U U U U U U U U U U U U U U U U
Error code --------------------------> 0 (DIAG_SUCCESS)
Total run count ---------------------> 1
Last test execution time ------------> Jan 22 2001 03:01:54
First test failure time -------------> n/a
Last test failure time --------------> n/a
Last test pass time -----------------> Jan 22 2001 03:01:54
Total failure count -----------------> 0
Consecutive failure count -----------> 0
TDR test is in progress on interface Gi6/1
___________________________________________________________________________
Related Commands
show diagnostic result module test 2
To display the results of the bootup packet memory test, use the show diagnostic result module test 2 command. The output indicates whether the test passed, failed, or was not run.
show diagnostic result module N test 2 [detail]
Syntax Description
N |
Specifies the module number. |
detail |
(Optional) Specifies the display of detailed information for analysis. |
Defaults
Non-detailed results.
Command Modes
EXEC mode
Command History
|
|
12.2(18)EW |
This command was introduced on the Catalyst 4500 series switch. |
Usage Guidelines
The detail keyword is intended for use by Cisco support personnel when analyzing failures.
Examples
This example shows how to display the results of the bootup packet memory tests:
Switch# show diagnostic result module 1 test 2
Test results: (. = Pass, F = Fail, U = Untested)
2) packet-memory-bootup ------------> .
This example shows how to display detailed results from the bootup packet memory tests:
Switch# show diagnostic result module 2 test 2 detail
Test results: (. = Pass, F = Fail, U = Untested)
___________________________________________________________________________
2) packet-memory-bootup ------------> .
Error code ------------------> 0 (DIAG_SUCCESS)
Total run count -------------> 0
Last test execution time ----> n/a
First test failure time -----> n/a
Last test failure time ------> n/a
Last test pass time ---------> n/a
Total failure count ---------> 0
Consecutive failure count ---> 0
packet buffers on free list: 64557 bad: 0 used for ongoing tests: 979
Number of errors found: 0
Cells with hard errors (failed two or more tests): 0
Cells with soft errors (failed one test, includes hard): 0
Suspect bad cells (uses a block that tested bad): 0
good buffers: 65536 (100.0%)
Related Commands
show diagnostic result module test 3
To display the results from the ongoing packet memory test, use the show diagnostic result module test 3 command. The output indicates whether the test passed, failed, or was not run.
show diagnostic result module N test 3 [detail]
Syntax Description
N |
Module number. |
detail |
(Optional) Specifies the display of detailed information for analysis. |
Defaults
Non-detailed results.
Command Modes
EXEC mode
Command History
|
|
12.2(18)EW |
This command was introduced on the Catalyst 4500 series switch. |
Usage Guidelines
The detail keyword is intended for use by Cisco support personnel when analyzing failures.
Examples
This example shows how to display the results from the ongoing packet memory tests:
Switch# show diagnostic result module 1 test 3
Test results: (. = Pass, F = Fail, U = Untested)
3) packet-memory-ongoing -----------> .
This example shows how to display the detailed results from the ongoing packet memory tests:
Switch# show diagnostic result module 1 test 3 detail
Test results: (. = Pass, F = Fail, U = Untested)
___________________________________________________________________________
3) packet-memory-ongoing -----------> .
Error code ------------------> 0 (DIAG_SUCCESS)
Total run count -------------> 0
Last test execution time ----> n/a
First test failure time -----> n/a
Last test failure time ------> n/a
Last test pass time ---------> n/a
Total failure count ---------> 0
Consecutive failure count ---> 0
packet buffers on free list: 64557 bad: 0 used for ongoing tests: 979
Packet memory errors: 0 0
Current alert level: green
Per 5 seconds in the last minute:
Per minute in the last hour:
Per hour in the last day:
Per day in the last 30 days:
Direct memory test failures per minute in the last hour:
Potential false positives: 0 0
Ignored because of rx errors: 0 0
Ignored because of cdm fifo overrun: 0 0
Ignored because of oir: 0 0
Ignored because isl frames received: 0 0
Ignored after writing hw stats: 0 0
Ignored on high gigaport: 0
Ongoing diag action mode: Normal
Last 1000 Memory Test Failures: v
Last 1000 Packet Memory errors:
First 1000 Packet Memory errors:
Related Commands
show dot1x
To display the 802.1X statistics and operational status for the entire switch or for a specified interface, use the show dot1x command.
show dot1x [interface interface-id] | [statistics [interface interface-id]] | [all]
Syntax Description
interface interface-id |
(Optional) Displays the 802.1X status for the specified port. |
statistics |
(Optional) Displays 802.1X statistics for the switch or the specified interface. |
all |
(Optional) Displays per-interface 802.1X configuration information for all interfaces with a nondefault 802.1X configuration. |
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC mode
Command History
|
|
12.1(12c)EW |
Support for this command was introduced on the Catalyst 4500 series switch. |
12.1(19)EW |
Display enhanced to show the guest-VLAN value. |
12.2(25)EW |
Support for the 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface was introduced on the Catalyst 4500 series switch. |
12.2(25)EWA |
Support for currently assigned reauthentication timer (if the timer is configured to honor the Session-Timeout value) was added. |
12.2(31)SG |
Support for port direction control and critical recovery was added. |
Usage Guidelines
If you do not specify an interface, the global parameters and a summary are displayed. If you specify an interface, the details for that interface are displayed.
If you enter the statistics keyword without the interface option, the statistics are displayed for all interfaces. If you enter the statistics keyword with the interface option, the statistics are displayed for the specified interface.
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter exclude output, the lines that contain output are not displayed, but the lines that contain Output are displayed.
The show dot1x command displays the currently assigned reauthentication timer and time remaining before reauthentication, if reauthentication is enabled.
Examples
This example shows how to display the output from the show dot1x command:
Sysauthcontrol = Disabled
Dot1x Protocol Version = 2
Dot1x Oper Controlled Directions = Both
Dot1x Admin Controlled Directions = Both
Critical Recovery Delay = 500
This example shows how to display the 802.1X statistics for a specific port:
Switch# show dot1x interface fastethernet6/1
Dot1x Info for FastEthernet6/1
-----------------------------------
ReAuthentication = Disabled
ReAuthPeriod = 3600 (Locally configured)
Dot1x Authenticator Client List
-------------------------------
Supplicant = 0000.0000.ab01
Auth SM State = AUTHENTICATED
Authentication Method = Dot1x
Authorized By = Authentication Server
Supplicant = 0060.b057.4687
Auth SM State = AUTHENTICATED
Authentication Method = Dot1x
Authorized By = Authentication Server
Note Table 2-18 provides a partial list of the displayed fields. The remaining fields in the display show internal state information. For a detailed description of these state machines and their settings, refer to the 802.1X specification.
Table 2-18 show dot1x interface Field Description
|
|
PortStatus |
Status of the port (authorized or unauthorized). The status of a port is displayed as authorized if the dot1x port-control interface configuration command is set to auto and has successfully completed authentication. |
Port Control |
Setting of the dot1x port-control interface configuration command. |
MultiHosts |
Setting of the dot1x multiple-hosts interface configuration command (allowed or disallowed). |
This is an example of output from the show dot1x statistics interface gigabitethernet1/1 command. Table 2-19 describes the fields in the display.
Switch# show dot1x statistics interface gigabitethernet1/1
PortStatistics Parameters for Dot1x
--------------------------------------------
TxReqId = 0 TxReq = 0 TxTotal = 0
RxStart = 0 RxLogoff = 0 RxRespId = 0 RxResp = 0
RxInvalid = 0 RxLenErr = 0 RxTotal= 0
RxVersion = 0 LastRxSrcMac 0000.0000.0000
Table 2-19 show dot1x statistics Field Descriptions
|
|
TxReq/TxReqId |
Number of EAP-request/identity frames that have been sent. |
TxTotal |
Number of EAPOL frames of any type that have been sent. |
RxStart |
Number of valid EAPOL-start frames that have been received. |
RxLogoff |
Number of EAPOL-logoff frames that have been received. |
RxRespId |
Number of EAP-response/identity frames that have been received. |
RxResp |
Number of valid EAP-response frames (other than response/identity frames) that have been received. |
RxInvalid |
Number of EAPOL frames that have been received and have an unrecognized frame type. |
RxLenError |
Number of EAPOL frames that have been received in which the packet body length field is invalid. |
RxTotal |
Number of valid EAPOL frames of any type that have been received. |
RxVersion |
Protocol version number carried in the most recently received EAPOL frame. |
LastRxSrcMac |
Source MAC address carried in the most recently received EAPOL frame. |
Related Commands
show energywise
Use the show energywise privileged EXEC command to display the EnergyWise settings and status of the entity and the power over Ethernet (PoE) ports.
show energywise [categories | children | domain | events | level [children | current [children] | delta children] | neighbors | recurrences | statistics | usage [children] | version] [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description
categories |
(Optional) Displays the power levels. |
children |
(Optional) Displays the status of the entity and the PoE ports. |
domain |
(Optional) Displays the domain to which the entity belongs. |
events |
(Optional) Displays the last ten events (messages) sent to other entities in the domain. |
level children current children delta children |
(Optional) Displays the available power level for the entity. •children—Available power levels for the entity and the PoE ports. •current—Current power level for the entity. (Optional) children—Current power levels for the entity and the PoE ports. •delta—Difference between the current and available power levels for the entity. (Optional) children—Difference between the current and available power levels for the entity and the PoE ports. |
neighbors |
(Optional) Displays the neighbor tables for the domains to which the entity belongs. |
recurrences |
(Optional) Displays the EnergyWise settings and status for recurrence. |
statistics |
(Optional) Displays the counters for events and errors. |
usage children |
(Optional) Displays the power for the entity. •children—Displays the power for the PoE ports. |
version |
(Optional) Displays the EnergyWise version. |
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC
Command History
|
|
12.2(52)SG |
This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output do not appear, but the lines that contain Output appear.
Examples
Interface Role Name Usage Lvl Imp Type
--------- ---- ---- ----- --- --- ----
Switch lobby.1 558.0 (W) 10 1 parent
Switch# show energywise children
Interface Role Name Usage Lvl Imp Type
--------- ---- ---- ----- --- --- ----
Switch lobby.1 558.0 (W) 10 1 parent
Gi3/3 interface Gi3.3 0.0 (W) 10 1 child
Gi3/4 interface Gi3.4 0.0 (W) 10 1 child
Switch# show energywise domain
Switch# show energywise events
--------------------------------------------
Sequence: 246818 References: 0:1 Errors:
Action: PN_ACTION_CPQR_POWERNET_QUERY_SET
--------------------------------------------
Sequence: 246827 References: 0:1 Errors:
Class: PN_CLASS_DISCOVERY
Action: PN_ACTION_CPQR_POWERNET_DISCOVERY_DISCOVERY_UPDATE
--------------------------------------------
Switch# show energywise level
Interface Name 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
--------- ---- --------------------------------------------------------------
lobby.1 0.0 558.0 558.0 558.0 558.0 558.0 558.0 558.0 558.0 558.0 558.0
Switch# show energywise level children
Interface Name 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
--------- ---- --------------------------------------------------------------
lobby.1 0.0 558.0 558.0 558.0 558.0 558.0 558.0 558.0 558.0 558.0 558.0
Gi1/0/1 Gi1.0.1 0.0 15.4 15.4 15.4 15.4 15.4 15.4 15.4 15.4 15.4 15.4
Gi1/0/2 Gi1.0.2 0.0 15.4 15.4 15.4 15.4 15.4 15.4 15.4 15.4 15.4 15.4
Gi1/0/3 Gi1.0.3 0.0 15.4 15.4 15.4 15.4 15.4 15.4 15.4 15.4 15.4 15.4
Gi1/0/4 Gi1.0.4 0.0 15.4 15.4 15.4 15.4 15.4 15.4 15.4 15.4 15.4 15.4
Gi1/0/5 Gi1.0.5 0.0 15.4 15.4 15.4 15.4 15.4 15.4 15.4 15.4 15.4 15.4
Gi1/0/1 Gi1.0.1 0.0 15.4 15.4 15.4 15.4 15.4 15.4 15.4 15.4 15.4 15.4
Switch# show energywise level current
Interface Name Level Value
--------- ---- ----- -----
Switch# show energywise level current children
Interface Name Level Value
--------- ---- ----- -----
Gi1/0/1 Gi1.0.1 1 15.4 (W)
Gi1/0/2 Gi1.0.2 1 15.4 (W)
Gi1/0/3 Gi1.0.3 1 15.4 (W)
Gi1/0/4 Gi1.0.4 1 15.4 (W)
Gi1/0/5 Gi1.0.5 1 15.4 (W)
Switch# show energywise level delta
Interface Name 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
--------- ---- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
lobby.1 -558.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Switch# show energywise level delta child
Interface Name 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
--------- ---- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
lobby.1 -558.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Gi1/0/1 Gi1.0.1 0.0 15.4 15.4 15.4 15.4 15.4 15.4 15.4 15.4 15.4 15.4
Gi1/0/2 Gi1.0.2 0.0 15.4 15.4 15.4 15.4 15.4 15.4 15.4 15.4 15.4 15.4
Gi1/0/3 Gi1.0.3 0.0 15.4 15.4 15.4 15.4 15.4 15.4 15.4 15.4 15.4 15.4
Gi1/0/4 Gi1.0.4 0.0 15.4 15.4 15.4 15.4 15.4 15.4 15.4 15.4 15.4 15.4
<output truncated>
Switch# show energywise neighbors
Capability Codes: R - Router, T - Trans Bridge, B - Source Route Bridge
S - Switch, H - Host, I - IGMP, r - Repeater, P - Phone
Id Neighbor Name Ip:Port Prot Capability
-- ------------- ------- ---- ----------
1 Switch.A 2.2.2.29:43440 cdp S I
5 Switch.B 2.2.2.22:43440 udp S I
Switch# show energywise recurrences
Id Addr Class Action Lvl Cron
-- ---- ----- ------ --- ----
2 Gi1/0/17 QUERY SET 3 minutes: 0 hour: 8 day: * month: * weekday: *
3 Gi1/0/18 QUERY SET 3 minutes: 0 hour: 8 day: * month: * weekday: *
4 Gi1/0/19 QUERY SET 3 minutes: 0 hour: 8 day: * month: * weekday: *
Switch# show energywise statistics
Children: 48 Errors: 2 Drops: 0 Events: 14
Switch# show energywise usage
Interface Name Usage Caliber
--------- ---- _____ _______
Switch# show energywise usage child
Interface Name Usage Caliber
--------- ---- _____ _______
Gi1/0/1 Gi1.0.1 0.0 (W) presumed
Gi1/0/2 Gi1.0.2 0.0 (W) presumed
Gi1/0/3 Gi1.0.3 0.0 (W) presumed
Gi1/0/4 Gi1.0.4 0.0 (W) presumed
Gi1/0/5 Gi1.0.5 0.0 (W) presumed
Switch# show energywise version
IOS Version: 12.2(52)SG(0.91)
EnergyWise Specification: (t_nrgyz_v122_52_sg_throttle)1.0.14
Related Commands
show environment
To display the environment alarm, operational status, and current reading for the chassis, use the show environment command.
show environment [alarm] | [status [chassis | fantray | powersupply | supervisor]] | [temperature]
Syntax Description
alarm |
(Optional) Specifies the alarm status of the chassis. |
status |
(Optional) Specifies the operational status information. |
chassis |
(Optional) Specifies the operational status of the chassis. |
fantray |
(Optional) Specifies the status of the fan tray, and shows fan tray power consumption. |
powersupply |
(Optional) Specifies the status of the power supply. |
supervisor |
(Optional) Specifies the status of the supervisor engine. |
temperature |
(Optional) Specifies the current chassis temperature readings. |
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC mode
Command History
|
|
12.1(8a)EW |
Support for this command was introduced on the Catalyst 4500 series switch. |
12.1(12c)EW |
Support for the ability to display generic environment information with the show environment command was added. |
Examples
This example shows how to display information about the environment alarms, operational status, and current temperature readings for the chassis:
Chassis Temperature = 32 degrees Celsius
Chassis Over Temperature Threshold = 75 degrees Celsius
Chassis Critical Temperature Threshold = 95 degrees Celsius
Supply Model No Type Status Sensor
------ --------------- --------- ----------- ------
PS1 PWR-C45-1400AC AC 1400W good good
Power Supply Max Min Max Min Absolute
(Nos in Watts) Inline Inline System System Maximum
-------------- ------ ------ ------ ------ --------
Power supplies needed by system : 1
Supervisor Led Color : Green
Fantray removal timeout: 240
Power consumed by Fantray : 50 Watts
This example shows how to display information about the environment alarms:
Switch#
show environment alarm
This example shows how to display information about the power supplies, chassis type, and fan trays:
Switch#
show environment status
Supply Model No Type Status Sensor
------ --------------- --------- ----------- ------
PS1 PWR-C45-1400AC AC 1400W good good
Power Supply Max Min Max Min Absolute
(Nos in Watts) Inline Inline System System Maximum
-------------- ------ ------ ------ ------ --------
Power supplies needed by system : 1
Supervisor Led Color : Green
Power consumed by Fantray : 50 Watts
This example shows how to display information about the chassis:
Switch# show environment status chassis
This example shows how to display information about the fan tray:
Switch# show environment status fantray
Power consumed by Fantray : 50 Watts
This example shows how to display information about the power supply:
Switch# show environment status powersupply
Supply Model No Type Status Sensor
------ --------------- --------- ------- ------
PS1 WS-X4008 AC 400W good good
PS2 WS-X4008 AC 400W good good
This example shows how to display information about the supervisor engine:
Switch# show environment status supervisor
Supervisor Led Color :Green
This example shows how to display information about the temperature of the chassis:
Switch#
show environment temperature
Chassis Temperature = 32 degrees Celsius
Chassis Over Temperature Threshold = 75 degrees Celsius
Chassis Critical Temperature Threshold = 95 degrees Celsius
show errdisable detect
To display the error disable detection status, use the show errdisable detect command.
show errdisable detect
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC mode
Command History
|
|
12.1(8a)EW |
Support for this command was introduced on the Catalyst 4500 series switch. |
12.1(19)EW |
Display includes the status of storm control. |
Examples
This example shows how to display the error disable detection status:
Switch#
show errdisable detect
ErrDisable Reason Detection status
----------------- ----------------
security-violatio Enabled
channel-misconfig Disabled
psecure-violation Enabled
Related Commands
show errdisable recovery
To display error disable recovery timer information, use the show errdisable recovery command.
show errdisable recovery
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC mode
Command History
|
|
12.1(8a)EW |
Support for this command was introduced on the Catalyst 4500 series switch. |
12.1(19)EW |
Display includes the status of storm control. |
Examples
This example shows how to display recovery timer information for error disable:
Switch# show errdisable recovery
ErrDisable Reason Timer Status
----------------- --------------
security-violatio Disabled
channel-misconfig Disabled
psecure-violation Disabled
Timer interval:30 seconds
Interfaces that will be enabled at the next timeout:
Interface Errdisable reason Time left(sec)
--------- ----------------- --------------
Related Commands
show etherchannel
To display EtherChannel information for a channel, use the show etherchannel command.
show etherchannel [channel-group] {port-channel | brief | detail | summary | port | load-balance | protocol}
Syntax Description
channel-group |
(Optional) Number of the channel group; valid values are from 1 to 64. |
port-channel |
Displays port-channel information. |
brief |
Displays a summary of EtherChannel information. |
detail |
Displays detailed EtherChannel information. |
summary |
Displays a one-line summary per channel group. |
port |
Displays EtherChannel port information. |
load-balance |
Displays load-balance information. |
protocol |
Displays the enabled protocol. |
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC mode
Command History
|
|
12.1(8a)EW |
Support for this command was introduced on the Catalyst 4500 series switch. |
12.1(13)EW |
Support for LACP was added to this command. |
Usage Guidelines
If you do not specify a channel group, all channel groups are displayed.
In the output below, the Passive port list field is displayed for Layer 3 port channels only. This field means that the physical interface, which is still not up, is configured to be in the channel group (and indirectly is in the only port channel in the channel group).
Examples
This example shows how to display port-channel information for a specific group:
Switch#
show etherchannel 1 port-channel
Port-channels in the group:
Age of the Port-channel = 02h:35m:26s
Logical slot/port = 10/1 Number of ports in agport = 0
GC = 0x00000000 HotStandBy port = null
Passive port list = Fa5/4 Fa5/5
Port state = Port-channel L3-Ag Ag-Not-Inuse
Ports in the Port-channel:
This example shows how to display load-balancing information:
Switch#
show etherchannel load-balance
Source XOR Destination mac address
This example shows how to display a summary of information for a specific group:
Switch#
show etherchannel 1 brief
port-channels: 1 Max port-channels = 1
This example shows how to display detailed information for a specific group:
Switch#
show etherchannel 1 detail
Port-channels: 1 Max Port-channels = 1
Port state = EC-Enbld Down Not-in-Bndl Usr-Config
Channel group = 1 Mode = Desirable Gcchange = 0
Port-channel = null GC = 0x00000000 Psudo-agport = Po1
Port indx = 0 Load = 0x00
Flags: S - Device is sending Slow hello. C - Device is in Consistent state.
A - Device is in Auto mode. P - Device learns on physical port.
Timers: H - Hello timer is running. Q - Quit timer is running.
S - Switching timer is running. I - Interface timer is running.
Hello Partner PAgP Learning Group
Port Flags State Timers Interval Count Priority Method Ifindex
Fa5/4 d U1/S1 1s 0 128 Any 0
Age of the port in the current state: 02h:33m:14s
Port state = EC-Enbld Down Not-in-Bndl Usr-Config
Channel group = 1 Mode = Desirable Gcchange = 0
Port-channel = null GC = 0x00000000 Psudo-agport = Po1
Port indx = 0 Load = 0x00
Flags: S - Device is sending Slow hello. C - Device is in Consistent state.
A - Device is in Auto mode. P - Device learns on physical port.
Timers: H - Hello timer is running. Q - Quit timer is running.
S - Switching timer is running. I - Interface timer is running.
Hello Partner PAgP Learning Group
Port Flags State Timers Interval Count Priority Method Ifindex
Fa5/5 d U1/S1 1s 0 128 Any 0
Age of the port in the current state: 02h:33m:17s
Port-channels in the group:
Age of the Port-channel = 02h:33m:52s
Logical slot/port = 10/1 Number of ports in agport = 0
GC = 0x00000000 HotStandBy port = null
Passive port list = Fa5/4 Fa5/5
Port state = Port-channel L3-Ag Ag-Not-Inuse
Ports in the Port-channel:
This example shows how to display a one-line summary per channel group:
Switch# show etherchannel summary
U-in use I-in port-channel S-suspended D-down i-stand-alone d-default
----- ------------ ----------------------------------------------------------
1 Po1(U) Fa5/4(I) Fa5/5(I)
2 Po2(U) Fa5/6(I) Fa5/7(I)
This example shows how to display EtherChannel port information for all ports and all groups:
Switch#
show etherchannel port
Port state = EC-Enbld Down Not-in-Bndl Usr-Config
Channel group = 1 Mode = Desirable Gcchange = 0
Port-channel = null GC = 0x00000000 Psudo-agport = Po1
Port indx = 0 Load = 0x00
Flags: S - Device is sending Slow hello. C - Device is in Consistent state.
A - Device is in Auto mode. P - Device learns on physical port.
Timers: H - Hello timer is running. Q - Quit timer is running.
S - Switching timer is running. I - Interface timer is running.
Hello Partner PAgP Learning Group
Port Flags State Timers Interval Count Priority Method Ifindex
Fa5/4 d U1/S1 1s 0 128 Any 0
Age of the port in the current state: 02h:40m:35s
Port state = EC-Enbld Down Not-in-Bndl Usr-Config
Channel group = 1 Mode = Desirable Gcchange = 0
Port-channel = null GC = 0x00000000 Psudo-agport = Po1
Port indx = 0 Load = 0x00
Flags: S - Device is sending Slow hello. C - Device is in Consistent state.
A - Device is in Auto mode. P - Device learns on physical port.
Timers: H - Hello timer is running. Q - Quit timer is running.
S - Switching timer is running. I - Interface timer is running.
This example shows how to display the protocol enabled:
Switch# show etherchannel protocol
Related Commands
show flowcontrol
To display the per-interface status and statistics related to flow control, use the show flowcontrol command.
show flowcontrol [module slot | interface interface]
Syntax Description
module slot |
(Optional) Limits the display to interfaces on a specific module. |
interface interface |
(Optional) Displays the status on a specific interface. |
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC mode
Command History
|
|
12.1(8a)EW |
Support for this command was introduced on the Catalyst 4500 series switch. |
12.2(25)EW |
Support for the 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface was introduced on the Catalyst 4500 series switch. |
Usage Guidelines
Table 2-20 describes the fields in the show flowcontrol command output.
Table 2-20 show flowcontrol Command Output
|
|
Port |
Module and port number. |
Send-Flowcontrol-Admin |
Flow-control administration. Possible settings: on indicates the local port sends flow control to the far end; off indicates the local port does not send flow control to the far end; desired indicates the local end sends flow control to the far end if the far end supports it. |
Send-Flowcontrol-Oper |
Flow-control operation. Possible setting: disagree indicates the two ports could not agree on a link protocol. |
Receive-Flowcontrol-Admin |
Flow-control administration. Possible settings: on indicates the local port requires the far end to send flow control; off indicates the local port does not allow the far end to send flow control; desired indicates the local end allows the far end to send flow control. |
Receive-Flowcontrol-Oper |
Flow-control operation. Possible setting: disagree indicates the two ports could not agree on a link protocol. |
RxPause |
Number of pause frames received. |
TxPause |
Number of pause frames transmitted. |
Examples
This example shows how to display the flow control status on all the Gigabit Ethernet interfaces:
Port Send FlowControl Receive FlowControl RxPause TxPause
--------- -------- -------- -------- -------- ------- -------
Gi1/3 off off desired on 0 0
Gi1/4 off off desired on 0 0
Gi1/5 off off desired on 0 0
Gi1/6 off off desired on 0 0
Gi3/1 off off desired off 0 0
Gi3/2 off off desired off 0 0
Gi3/3 off off desired off 0 0
Gi3/4 off off desired off 0 0
Gi3/5 off off desired off 0 0
Gi3/6 off off desired off 0 0
This example shows how to display the flow control status on module 1:
Switch# show flowcontrol module 1
Port Send FlowControl Receive FlowControl RxPause TxPause
----- -------- -------- -------- -------- ------- -------
Gi1/1 desired off off off 0 0
Gi1/2 on disagree on on 0 0
This example shows how to display the flow control status on Gigabit Ethernet interface 3/4:
Switch# show flowcontrol interface gigabitethernet3/4
Port Send FlowControl Receive FlowControl RxPause TxPause
----- -------- -------- -------- -------- ------- -------
This example shows how to display the flow control status on 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface 1/1:
Switch# show flowcontrol interface tengigabitethernet1/1
Port Send FlowControl Receive FlowControl RxPause TxPause
--------- -------- -------- -------- -------- ------- -------
Related Commands
|
|
channel-group |
Configures a Gigabit Ethernet interface to send or receive pause frames. |
show interfaces status |
Displays the interface status or a list of interfaces in error-disabled state. |
show hw-module port-group
To display how the X2 holes on a module are grouped, use the show hw-module port-group command.
show hw-module module number port-group
Syntax Description
module |
Specifies a line module. |
number |
Specifies a slot or module number. |
port-group |
Specifies a port-group on a switch. |
Defaults
X2 mode.
Command Modes
Global configuration mode
Command History
|
|
12.2(40)SG |
Support for WS-X4606-10GE-E Twin Gigabit converter introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
When a TwinGig converter is enabled or disabled, the number and type of ports on the line card change dynamically. The terminology must reflect this behavior. In Cisco IOS, 10-Gigabit ports are named TenGigabit and 1-Gigabit ports are named Gigabit. Starting with Cisco IOS Release 12.2(40)SG, to avoid having ports named TenGigabit1/1 and Gigabit1/1, the 10-Gigabit and 1-Gigabit port numbers are independent. The WS-X4606-10GE-E module with six X2 ports are named TenGigabit<slot-num>/<1-6>, and the SFP ports are named Gigabit<slot-num>/<7-18>.
In the Supervisor Engine 6-E and Catalyst 4900M chassis, the ports are connected to the switching engine through a stub ASIC. This stub ASIC imposes some limitations on the ports: Gigabit and 10-Gigabit ports cannot be mixed on a single stub ASIC; they must either be all 10-Gigabit (X2), or all Gigabit (TwinGig converter and SFP). The faceplates of X2 modules show this stub-port grouping, either with an actual physical grouping, or a box drawn around a grouping.
Examples
This example shows to determine how the X2 holes on a module are grouped on a WS-X4606-10GE-E:
Switch# show hw-module module 1 port-group
Module Port-group Active Inactive
-------------------------------------------------------------
Related Commands
|
|
hw-module port-group |
Selects either Gigabit Ethernet or Ten Gigabit Ethernet interfaces on your module. |
show hw-module uplink
To display the current uplink mode, use the show hw-module uplink command.
show hw-module uplink
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC mode
Command History
|
|
12.2(25)EW |
Support for this command was introduced on the Catalyst 4500 series switch. |
Usage Guidelines
If the active uplink mode is different than configured mode, the output displays the change.
By default, the current (operational) uplink selection is displayed.
Examples
This example shows the output displaying the current (active) uplinks:
Switch# show hw-module uplink
Active uplink configuration is TenGigabitEthernet
This example shows the output for redundant systems in SSO mode if the 10-Gigabit Ethernet uplinks are active, and the Gigabit Ethernet uplinks are selected:
Switch# show hw-module uplink
Active uplink configuration is TenGigabitEthernet
(will be GigabitEthernet after next reload)
A 'redundancy reload shelf' or power-cycle of chassis is required to
apply the new configuration
This example shows the output for redundant systems in RPR mode if the 10-Gigabit Ethernet uplinks are active, and the Gigabit Ethernet uplinks are selected:
Switch# show hw-module uplink
Active uplink configuration is TenGigabitEthernet
(will be GigabitEthernet after next reload)
A reload of active supervisor is required to apply the new configuration.
Related Commands
|
|
hw-module uplink select |
Selects the 10-Gigabit Ethernet or Gigabit Ethernet uplinks on the Supervisor Engine V-10GE within the W-C4510R chassis. |
show idprom
To display the IDPROMs for the chassis, supervisor engine, module, power supplies, fan trays, clock module, and multiplexer (mux) buffer, use the show idprom command.
show idprom {all | chassis | module [mod] | interface int_name | supervisor | power-supply number | fan-tray}
Syntax Description
all |
Displays information for all IDPROMs. |
chassis |
Displays information for the chassis IDPROMs. |
module |
Displays information for the module IDPROMs. |
mod |
(Optional) Specifies the module name. |
interface int_name |
Displays information for the GBIC or SFP IDPROMs. |
supervisor |
Displays information for the supervisor engine IDPROMs. |
power-supply number |
Displays information for the power supply IDPROMs. |
fan-tray |
Displays information for the fan tray IDPROMs. |
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC mode
Command History
|
|
12.1(8a)EW |
Support for this command was introduced on the Catalyst 4500 series switch. |
12.1(12c)EW |
Support for the power-supply, fan-tray, clock-module, and mux-buffer keywords was added. |
12.1(13)EW |
Support for interface keyword was added. |
12.2(18)EW |
Enhanced the show idprom interface output to include the hexadecimal display of the GBIC/SFP SEEPROM contents. |
12.2(25)EW |
Support for the 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface was introduced on the Catalyst 4500 series switch. |
Usage Guidelines
When you enter the show idprom interface command, the output lines for Calibration type and Rx (receive) power measurement may not be displayed for all GBICs.
Examples
This example shows how to display IDPROM information for module 4:
Switch#
show idprom module 4
Common Block Signature = 0xABAB
Common Block Length = 144
Common Block Checksum = 4199
OEM String = Cisco Systems, Inc.
Product Number = WS-X4306
Manufacturing Bits = 0x0000
Engineering Bits = 0x0000
Snmp OID = 0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0
RMA Failure Code = 0 0 0 0
Linecard Block Signature = 0x4201
Linecard Block Version = 1
Linecard Block Length = 24
Linecard Block Checksum = 658
Feature Bits = 0x0000000000000000
MAC Base = 0010.7bab.9830
This example shows how to display IDPROM information for the GBICs on the Gigabit Ethernet interface 1/2:
Switch#
show idprom interface gigabitethernet1/2
GBIC Serial EEPROM Contents:
Extended Id = Not specified/compliant with defined MOD_DEF [0x0]
Connector = SC connector [0x1]
Speed = Not available [0x0]
Media = Not available [0x0]
Technology = Not available [0x0]
Link Length = Not available [0x0]
GE Comp Codes = Not available [0x0]
SONET Comp Codes = Not available [0x0]
BR, Nominal = 1300000000 MHz
Length(9u) in km = GBIC does not support single mode fibre, or the length
must be determined from the transceiver technology.
Length(50u) = GBIC does not support 50 micron multi-mode fibre, or the
length must be determined from the transceiver technology.
Length(62.5u) = GBIC does not support 62.5 micron multi-mode fibre, or
the length must be determined from transceiver technology.
Length(Copper) = GBIC does not support copper cables, or the length must
be determined from the transceiver technology.
Vendor name = CISCO-FINISAR
Vendor Part No. = FTR-0119-CSC
Wavelength = Not available
Options = Loss of Signal implemented TX_FAULT signal implemented TX_DISABLE is
implemented and disables the serial output [0x1A]
Vendor Serial No. = K1273DH
Diag monitoring = Implemented
Calibration type = Internal
Rx pwr measuremnt = Optical Modulation Amplitude (OMA)
Address change = Required
Vendor Specific ID Fields:
20944D30 29 00 02 80 22 33 38 3D C7 67 83 E8 DF 65 6A AF )..."38=Gg^Ch_ej/
20944D40 1A 80 ED 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 38 23 3C 1B ............8#<.
SEEPROM contents (hex) size 128:
0x0000 01 00 01 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 01 0D 00 00 FF ................
0x0010 00 00 00 00 43 49 53 43 4F 2D 46 49 4E 49 53 41 ....CISCO-FINISA
0x0020 52 20 20 20 00 00 90 65 46 54 52 2D 30 31 31 39 R ..^PeFTR-0119
0x0030 2D 43 53 43 20 20 20 20 42 20 20 20 00 00 00 1A -CSC B ....
0x0040 00 1A 00 00 4B 31 32 37 33 44 48 20 20 20 20 20 ....K1273DH
0x0050 20 20 20 20 30 33 30 34 30 39 20 20 64 00 00 B2 030409 d..2
0x0060 29 00 02 80 22 33 38 3D C7 67 83 E8 DF 65 6A AF )..^@"38=Gg^C._ej.
0x0070 1A 80 ED 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 38 23 3C 1B .^@m.........8#<.
This example shows how to display IDPROM information for the 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface 1/1:
Switch#
show idprom interface tengigabitethernet1/1
X2 Serial EEPROM Contents:
Non-Volatile Register (NVR) Fields
X2 MSA Version supported :0xA
Number of bytes used :0xD0
Customer Field Address :0x77
Vendor Field Address :0xA7
Extended Vendor Field Address :0x100
Transceiver type :0x2 =X2
Optical connector type :0x1 =SC
Normal BitRate in multiple of 1M b/s :0x2848
Protocol Type :0x1 =10GgE
Standards Compliance Codes :
10GbE Code Byte 0 :0x2 =10GBASE-LR
SONET/SDH Code Byte 0 :0x0
SONET/SDH Code Byte 1 :0x0
SONET/SDH Code Byte 2 :0x0
SONET/SDH Code Byte 3 :0x0
Transmission range in 10m :0x3E8
Fibre Type Byte 0 :0x40 =NDSF only
Fibre Type Byte 1 :0x0 =Unspecified
Centre Optical Wavelength in 0.01nm steps - Channel 0 :0x1 0xFF 0xB8
Centre Optical Wavelength in 0.01nm steps - Channel 1 :0x0 0x0 0x0
Centre Optical Wavelength in 0.01nm steps - Channel 2 :0x0 0x0 0x0
Centre Optical Wavelength in 0.01nm steps - Channel 3 :0x0 0x0 0x0
Package Identifier OUI :0xC09820
Transceiver Vendor OUI :0x3400800
Transceiver vendor name :CISCO-OPNEXT,INC
Part number provided by transceiver vendor :TRT5021EN-SMC-W
Revision level of part number provided by vendor :00
Vendor serial number :ONJ08290041
Vendor manufacturing date code :2004072000
Reserved1 : 00 02 02 20 D1 00 00
Basic Field Checksum :0x10
0x00: 58 32 2D 31 30 47 42 2D 4C 52 20 20 20 20 20 20
0x10: 20 20 20 20 20 4F 4E 4A 30 38 32 39 30 30 34 31
0x20: 31 30 2D 32 30 33 36 2D 30 31 20 20 41 30 31 20
0x00: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
0x10: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
0x20: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
0x30: 00 00 00 00 11 E2 69 A9 2F 95 C6 EE D2 DA B3 FD
0x40: 9A 34 4A 24 CB 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 EF FC
0x50: F4 AC 1A D7 11 08 01 36 00
This example shows how to display IDPROM information for the supervisor engine:
Switch#
show idprom supervisor
Common Block Signature = 0xABAB
Common Block Length = 144
Common Block Checksum = 4153
OEM String = Cisco Systems, Inc.
Product Number = WS-X4014
Serial Number = JAB05320CCE
Manufacturing Deviation String = 0
Manufacturing Bits = 0x0000
Engineering Bits = 0x0000
Snmp OID = 0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0
RMA Failure Code = 0 0 0 0
Supervisor Block Signature = 0x4101
Supervisor Block Version = 1
Supervisor Block Length = 24
Supervisor Block Checksum = 548
Feature Bits = 0x0000000000000000
MAC Base = 0007.0ee5.2a44
This example shows how to display IDPROM information for the chassis:
Switch#
show idprom chassis
Common Block Signature = 0xABAB
Common Block Length = 144
Common Block Checksum = 4285
OEM String = Cisco Systems, Inc.
Product Number = WS-C4507R
Serial Number = FOX04473737
Manufacturing Deviation String = 0x00
Manufacturing Bits = 0x0000
Engineering Bits = 0x0000
Snmp OID = 0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0
Chassis Block Signature = 0x4001
Chassis Block Version = 1
Chassis Block Length = 22
Chassis Block Checksum = 421
Feature Bits = 0x0000000000000000
MAC Base = 0004.dd42.2600
This example shows how to display IDPROM information for power supply 1:
Switch#
show idprom power-supply 1
Common Block Signature = 0xABAB
Common Block Length = 144
Common Block Checksum = 10207
OEM String = Cisco Systems, Inc.
Product Number = WS-CAC-1440W
Serial Number = ACP05180002
Manufacturing Deviation String =
Manufacturing Bits = 0x0000
Engineering Bits = 0x3031
Snmp OID = 9.12.3.65535.65535.65535.65535.65535
RMA Failure Code = 255 255 255 255
Power Supply Block Signature = 0xFFFF
PowerSupply Block Version = 255
PowerSupply Block Length = 255
PowerSupply Block Checksum = 65535
Feature Bits = 0x00000000FFFFFFFF
This example shows how to display IDPROM information for the fan tray:
Switch#
show idprom fan-tray
Common Block Signature = 0xABAB
Common Block Length = 144
Common Block Checksum = 19781
OEM String = "Cisco Systems"
Product Number = WS-X4502-fan
Manufacturing Deviation String =
Manufacturing Bits = 0xFFFF
Engineering Bits = 0xFFFF
Snmp OID = 65535.65535.65535.65535.65535.65535.65535.65535
RMA Failure Code = 255 255 255 255
show interfaces
To display traffic on a specific interface, use the show interfaces command.
show interfaces [{{fastethernet mod/interface-number} | {gigabitethernet mod/interface-number} | {tengigabitethernet mod/interface-number} | {null interface-number} | vlan vlan_id} | status}]
Syntax Description
fastethernet mod/interface-number |
(Optional) Specifies the Fast Ethernet module and interface. |
gigabitethernet mod/interface-number |
(Optional) Specifies the Gigabit Ethernet module and interface. |
tengigabitethernet mod/interface-number |
(Optional) Specifies the 10-Gigabit Ethernet module and interface. |
null interface-number |
(Optional) Specifies the null interface; the valid value is 0. |
vlan vlan_id |
(Optional) Specifies the VLAN; valid values are from 1 to 4094. |
status |
(Optional) Displays status information. |
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC mode
Command History
|
|
12.1(8a)EW |
Support for this command was introduced on the Catalyst 4500 series switch. |
12.1(12c)EW |
Support for extended VLAN addresses was added. |
12.2(25)EW |
Support for the 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface was introduced on the Catalyst 4500 series switch. |
12.2(31)SGA |
Support for auto-MDIX reflected in command output. |
12.2(52)SG |
Added support for per-VLAN error-disable detection. |
Usage Guidelines
The statistics are collected per VLAN for Layer 2 switched packets and Layer 3 switched packets. The statistics are available for both unicast and multicast. The Layer 3 switched packet counts are available for both the ingress and egress directions. The per-VLAN statistics are updated every 5 seconds.
In some cases, the duplex mode that is displayed by the show interfaces command is different than that displayed by the show running-config command. The duplex mode that is displayed in the show interfaces command is the actual duplex mode that the interface is running. The show interfaces command shows the operating mode for an interface, but the show running-config command shows the configured mode for an interface.
If you do not enter any keywords, all counters for all modules are displayed.
Line cards that support auto-MDIX configuration on their copper media ports include: WS-X4124-RJ45, WS-X4148-RJ with hardware revision 3.0 or later, and WS-X4232-GB-RJ with hardware revision 3.0 or later.
Examples
This example shows how to display traffic for Gigabit Ethernet interface 2/5:
Switch# show interfaces gigabitethernet2/5
GigabitEthernet9/5 is up, line protocol is up (connected) (vlan-err-dis)
Hardware is C4k 1000Mb 802.3, address is 0001.64f8.3fa5 (bia 0001.64f8.3fa5)
Internet address is 172.20.20.20/24
MTU 1500 bytes, BW 1000000 Kbit, DLY 10 usec,
reliability 255/255, txload 1/255, rxload 1/255
Encapsulation ARPA, loopback not set
ARP type: ARPA, ARP Timeout 04:00:00
Last input 00:00:00, output never, output hang never
Last clearing of "show interface" counters never
Output queue 0/40, 0 drops; input queue 0/75, 0 drops
5 minute input rate 1000 bits/sec, 2 packets/sec
5 minute output rate 0 bits/sec, 0 packets/sec
L2 Switched: ucast: 8199 pkt, 1362060 bytes - mcast: 6980 pkt, 371952 bytes
L3 in Switched: ucast: 0 pkt, 0 bytes - mcast: 0 pkt, 0 bytes mcast
L3 out Switched: ucast: 0 pkt, 0 bytes - mcast: 0 pkt, 0 bytes
300114 packets input, 27301436 bytes, 0 no buffer
Received 43458 broadcasts, 0 runts, 0 giants, 0 throttles
0 input errors, 0 CRC, 0 frame, 0 overrun, 0 ignored
0 input packets with dribble condition detected
15181 packets output, 1955836 bytes, 0 underruns
0 output errors, 0 collisions, 3 interface resets
0 babbles, 0 late collision, 0 deferred
0 lost carrier, 0 no carrier
0 output buffer failures, 0 output buffers swapped out
This example shows how to display traffic for 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface 1/1:
Switch# show interfaces tengigabitethernet1/1
Name: Tengigabitethernet1/1
Administrative Mode: private-vlan promiscuous trunk
Operational Mode: private-vlan promiscuous (suspended member of bundle Po1)
Administrative Trunking Encapsulation: negotiate
Operational Trunking Encapsulation: native
Negotiation of Trunking: Off
Trunking Native Mode VLAN: none
Administrative Native VLAN tagging: enabled
Administrative private-vlan host-association: none
Administrative private-vlan mapping: 202 (VLAN0202) 303 (VLAN0303) 304 (VLAN0304)
Administrative private-vlan trunk native VLAN: none
Administrative private-vlan trunk
Native VLAN tagging: enabled
Administrative private-vlan trunk encapsulation: 802.1q
Administrative private-vlan trunk normal VLANs: none
Administrative private-vlan trunk private VLANs: none
Administrative private-vlan mapping trunk: New 202 (VLAN0202) 303 (VLAN0303) 304
(VLAN0304) 204 (VLAN0204) 305 (VLAN0305) 306 (VLAN0306)
Operational private-vlan: 202 (VLAN0202) 303 (VLAN0303) 304 (VLAN0304)
Trunking VLANs Enabled: ALL
Pruning VLANs Enabled: 2-1001
Capture VLANs Allowed: ALL
This example shows how to verify the status of auto-MDIX on an RJ-45 port:
Note You can verify the configuration setting and the operational state of auto-MDIX on the interface by entering the show interfaces EXEC command. This field is applicable and appears only on the
show interfaces command output for 10/100/1000BaseT RJ-45 copper ports on supported linecards including WS-X4124-RJ45, WS-X4148-RJ with hardware revision 3.0 or later, and WS-X4232-GB-RJ with hardware revision 3.0 or later.
FastEthernet6/3 is up, line protocol is up (connected)
Hardware is Fast Ethernet Port, address is 0003.6ba8.ee68 (bia 0003.6ba8.ee68)
MTU 1500 bytes, BW 100000 Kbit, DLY 100 usec,
reliability 255/255, txload 1/255, rxload 1/255
Encapsulation ARPA, loopback not set
Full-duplex, 100Mb/s, link type is auto, media type is 10/100BaseTX
input flow-control is unsupported output flow-control is unsupported
Auto-MDIX on (operational: on)
ARP type: ARPA, ARP Timeout 04:00:00
Last input never, output never, output hang never
Last clearing of "show interface" counters never
Input queue: 0/2000/0/0 (size/max/drops/flushes); Total output drops: 0
Output queue: 0/40 (size/max)
5 minute input rate 0 bits/sec, 0 packets/sec
5 minute output rate 0 bits/sec, 0 packets/sec
0 packets input, 0 bytes, 0 no buffer
Received 0 broadcasts (0 multicasts)
0 runts, 0 giants, 0 throttles
0 input errors, 0 CRC, 0 frame, 0 overrun, 0 ignored
0 input packets with dribble condition detected
157082 packets output, 13418032 bytes, 0 underruns
0 output errors, 0 collisions, 0 interface resets
0 babbles, 0 late collision, 0 deferred
1 lost carrier, 0 no carrier
0 output buffer failures, 0 output buffers swapped out
This example shows how to display status information for Gigabit Ethernet interface 1/2:
Switch# show interfaces gigabitethernet1/2 status
Port Name Status Vlan Duplex Speed Type
Gi1/2 notconnect 1 auto 1000 1000-XWDM-RXONLY
This example shows how to display status information for the interfaces on the supervisor engine:
Switch# show interfaces status
Port Name Status Vlan Duplex Speed Type
Te1/1 connected 1 full 10G 10GBase-LR
Te1/2 connected 1 full 10G 10GBase-LR
show interfaces capabilities
To display the interface capabilities for an interface or for all the interfaces on a switch, use the
show interfaces capabilities command.
show interfaces capabilities [{module mod}]
show interfaces [interface interface-number] capabilities
Syntax Description
module mod |
(Optional) Displays information for the specified module only. |
interface |
(Optional) Interface type; valid values are fastethernet, gigabitethernet, tengigabitethernet, and port-channel. |
interface-number |
(Optional) Port number. |
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC mode
Command History
|
|
12.1(19)EW |
Support for this command was introduced on the Catalyst 4500 series switch. |
12.2(25)EW |
Support for the 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface was introduced on the Catalyst 4500 series switch. |
12.2(31)SGA |
Support for auto-MDIX reflected in command output. |
Usage Guidelines
The interface-number argument designates the module and port number. Valid values for interface-number depend on the chassis and module used. For example, if you have a 48-port 10/100-Mbps Fast Ethernet RJ-21 (telco connector) switching module installed in a Catalyst 4507 chassis, valid values for the slot number are from 2 to 13 and valid values for the port number are 1 to 48.
Line cards that support auto-MDIX configuration on their copper media ports include: WS-X4124-RJ45, WS-X4148-RJ with hardware revision 3.0 or higher, and WS-X4232-GB-RJ with hardware revision 3.0 or higher.
Examples
This example shows how to display the interface capabilities for a module:
Switch# show interfaces capabilities module 1
Trunk encap. type: 802.1Q,ISL
Trunk mode: on,off,desirable,nonegotiate
Broadcast suppression:percentage(0-100), hw
Flowcontrol: rx-(off,on,desired),tx-(off,on,desired)
VLAN Membership: static, dynamic
Queuing: rx-(N/A), tx-(4q1t, Sharing/Shaping)
Trunk encap. type: 802.1Q,ISL
Trunk mode: on,off,desirable,nonegotiate
Broadcast suppression:percentage(0-100), hw
Flowcontrol: rx-(off,on,desired),tx-(off,on,desired)
VLAN Membership: static, dynamic
Queuing: rx-(N/A), tx-(4q1t, Sharing/Shaping)
This example shows how to display the interface capabilities for the 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface 1/1:
Switch# show interfaces tengigabitethernet1/1 capabilities
Trunk encap. type: 802.1Q,ISL
Trunk mode: on,off,desirable,nonegotiate
Broadcast suppression: percentage(0-100), hw
Flowcontrol: rx-(off,on),tx-(off,on)
VLAN Membership: static, dynamic
Queuing: rx-(N/A), tx-(1p3q1t, Sharing/Shaping)
Maximum MTU: 9198 bytes (Jumbo Frames)
Diagnostic Monitoring: N/A
This example shows how to display the interface capabilities for Gigabit Ethernet interface 1/1:
Switch# show interfaces gigabitethernet1/1 capabilities
Trunk encap. type: 802.1Q,ISL
Trunk mode: on,off,desirable,nonegotiate
Broadcast suppression:percentage(0-100), hw
Flowcontrol: rx-(off,on,desired),tx-(off,on,desired)
VLAN Membership: static, dynamic
Queuing: rx-(N/A), tx-(4q1t, Sharing/Shaping)
MTU Supported: jumbo frames, baby giants
This example shows how to display the interface capabilities for Fast Ethernet interface 3/1:
Switch# show interfaces fastethernet3/1 capabilities
Trunk encap. type: 802.1Q,ISL
Trunk mode: on,off,desirable,nonegotiate
Broadcast suppression:percentage(0-100), sw
Flowcontrol: rx-(none),tx-(none)
VLAN Membership: static, dynamic
Queuing: rx-(N/A), tx-(4q1t, Shaping)
MTU Supported: no jumbo frames, baby giants
This example shows how to verify that the auto-MDIX configuration is supported on a port:
Switch# show interfaces fastethernet6/3 capabilities
Model: WS-X4232-GB-RJ-RJ-45
Trunk encap. type: 802.1Q,ISL
Trunk mode: on,off,desirable,nonegotiate
Broadcast suppression: percentage(0-100), hw
Flowcontrol: rx-(none),tx-(none)
VLAN Membership: static, dynamic
Queuing: rx-(N/A), tx-(1p3q1t, Sharing/Shaping)
Maximum MTU: 1552 bytes (Baby Giants)
Diagnostic Monitoring: N/A
Related Commands
show interfaces counters
To display the traffic on the physical interface, use the show interfaces counters command.
show interfaces counters [all | detail | errors | storm-control | trunk] [module mod]
Syntax Description
all |
(Optional) Displays all the interface counters including errors, trunk, and detail. |
detail |
(Optional) Displays the detailed interface counters. |
errors |
(Optional) Displays the interface error counters. |
storm-control |
(Optional) Displays the number of packets discarded due to suppression on the interface. |
trunk |
(Optional) Displays the interface trunk counters. |
module mod |
(Optional) Limits the display to interfaces on a specific module. |
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC mode
Command History
|
|
12.1(8a)EW |
Support for this command was introduced on the Catalyst 4500 series switch. |
12.1(19)EW |
Support for storm control. |
12.2(18)EW |
Support for the display of total suppression discards. |
Usage Guidelines
If you do not enter any keywords, all the counters for all modules are displayed.
The display for the storm-control keyword includes the suppressed multicast bytes.
Examples
This example shows how to display the error counters for a specific module:
Switch#
show interfaces counters errors module 1
Port Align-Err FCS-Err Xmit-Err Rcv-Err UnderSize
Port Single-Col Multi-Col Late-Col Excess-Col Carri-Sen Runts Giants
This example shows how to display the traffic that is seen by a specific module:
Switch#
show interfaces counters module 1
Port InOctets InUcastPkts InMcastPkts InBcastPkts
Port OutOctets OutUcastPkts OutMcastPkts OutBcastPkts
This example shows how to display the trunk counters for a specific module:
Switch#
show interfaces counters trunk module 1
Port TrunkFramesTx TrunkFramesRx WrongEncap
This example shows how to display the number of packets that are discarded due to suppression:
Switch#
show interfaces counters storm-control
Multicast Suppression : Enabled
Port BcastSuppLevel TotalSuppressionDiscards
Related Commands
show interfaces description
To display a description and status of an interface, use the show interfaces description command.
show interfaces [interface] description
Syntax Description
interface |
(Optional) Type of interface. |
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC mode
Command History
|
|
12.1(8a)EW |
Support for this command was introduced on the Catalyst 4500 series switch. |
Examples
This example shows how to display information for all interfaces:
Switch# show interfaces description
Interface Status Protocol Description
PO0/0 admin down down First interface
Gi1/1 up up GigE to server farm
Related Commands
|
|
description (refer to Cisco IOS documentation) |
Includes a specific description about the digital signal processor (DSP) interface. |
show interfaces link
To display how long a cable has been disconnected from an interface, use the show interfaces link command:
show interfaces link [module mod_num]
Syntax Description
module mod_num |
(Optional) Limits the display to interfaces on a module. |
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC mode
Command History
|
|
12.2(18)EW |
Support for this command was introduced on the Catalyst 4500 series switch. |
Usage Guidelines
If the interface state is up, the command displays 0:00. If the interface state is down, the time (in hours, minutes, and seconds) is displayed.
Examples
This example shows how to display active link-level information:
Switch# show interfaces link
This example shows how to display inactive link-level information:
Switch# show interfaces link
In this example, the cable has been disconnected from the port for 1 minute and 28 seconds.
show interfaces mtu
To display the maximum transmission unit (MTU) size of all the physical interfaces and SVIs on the switch, use the show interfaces mtu command.
show interfaces mtu [module mod]
Syntax Description
module mod |
(Optional) Limits the display to interfaces on a specific module. |
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
EXEC
Command History
|
|
12.1(13)EW |
Support for this command was introduced on the Catalyst 4500 series switch. |
Examples
This example shows how to display the MTU size for all interfaces on module 1:
Switch>
show interfaces mtu module 1
Related Commands
|
|
mtu |
Enables jumbo frames on an interface by adjusting the maximum size of a packet or maximum transmission unit (MTU). |
show interfaces private-vlan mapping
To display PVLAN mapping information for VLAN SVIs, use the show interfaces private-vlan mapping command.
show interfaces private-vlan mapping [active]
Syntax Description
active |
(Optional) Displays active interfaces only. |
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC mode
Command History
|
|
12.1(8a)EW |
Support for this command was introduced on the Catalyst 4500 series switch. |
Usage Guidelines
This command displays SVI information only.
Examples
This example shows how to display PVLAN mapping information:
Switch# show interfaces private-vlan mapping
Interface Secondary VLAN Type
--------- -------------- -----------------
Related Commands
|
|
private-vlan |
Configures private VLANs and the association between a private VLAN and a secondary VLAN. |
private-vlan mapping |
Creates a mapping between the primary and the secondary VLANs so that both share the same primary VLAN SVI. |
show interfaces status
To display the interface status or a list of interfaces in error-disabled state, use the show interfaces status command.
show interfaces status [err-disabled | inactive ] [module {module}]
Syntax Description
err-disabled |
(Optional) Displays interfaces in error-disabled state. |
inactive |
(Optional) Displays interfaces in inactive state. |
module module |
(Optional) Displays interfaces on a specific module. |
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC mode
Command History
|
|
12.1(8a)EW |
Support for this command was introduced on the Catalyst 4500 series switch. |
12.2(40)SG |
Support for WS-X4606-10GE-E Twin Gigabit converter introduced. |
12.2(52)SG |
Support for per-VLAN error-disable was introduced by adding Err-Disabled VLAN column to output. |
Usage Guidelines
When at least one VLAN on a port is error-disabled the output for the show interfaces status command will display vl-err-dis in the VLAN column.
Examples
This example shows how to display the status of all interfaces:
Switch#
show interfaces status
Port Name Status Vlan Duplex Speed Type
Te1/1 connected 1 full 10G 10GBase-LR
Te1/2 connected vl-err-dis full 10G 10GBase-LR
This example shows how to display the status of interfaces in an error-disabled state:
Switch#
show interfaces status err-disabled
Port Name Status Reason Err-Disabled VLANs
---- ---- ------ ------- -------------------
Fa9/4 notconnect link-flap
Fa9/5 err-disabled psecure_violation 3-5
Fa9/6 connected psecure_violation 10,15
This example shows how to display the Gigabit Ethernet interfaces on a WS-X4606-10GE-E switch using the TwinGig Convertor:
Switch# show interfaces status module 1
Port Name Status Vlan Duplex Speed Type
Te1/1 inactive 1 full 10G No X2
Te1/2 inactive 1 full 10G No X2
Te1/3 inactive 1 full 10G No X2
Te1/4 notconnect 1 full 10G No X2
Te1/5 notconnect 1 full 10G No X2
Te1/6 notconnect 1 full 10G No X2
Gi1/7 notconnect 1 full 1000 No Gbic
Gi1/8 notconnect 1 full 1000 No Gbic
Gi1/9 notconnect 1 full 1000 No Gbic
Gi1/10 notconnect 1 full 1000 No Gbic
Gi1/11 notconnect 1 full 1000 No Gbic
Gi1/12 notconnect 1 full 1000 No Gbic
Gi1/13 inactive 1 full 1000 No Gbic
Gi1/14 inactive 1 full 1000 No Gbic
Gi1/15 inactive 1 full 1000 No Gbic
Gi1/16 inactive 1 full 1000 No Gbic
Gi1/17 inactive 1 full 1000 No Gbic
Gi1/18 inactive 1 full 1000 No Gbic
Related Commands
show interfaces switchport
To display the administrative and operational status of a switching (nonrouting) port, use the show interfaces switchport command.
show interfaces [interface-id] switchport [module mod]
Syntax Description
interface-id |
(Optional) Interface ID for the physical port. |
module mod |
(Optional) Limits the display to interfaces on the specified module; valid values are from 1 to 6. |
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC mode
Command History
|
|
12.1(8a)EW |
Support for this command was introduced on the Catalyst 4500 series switch. |
12.1(19)EW |
Support for per-interface display. |
12.2(18)EW |
Support for displaying the status of native VLAN tagging in the command output. |
Examples
This example shows how to display switch-port information using the begin output modifier:
Switch#
show interfaces switchport | include VLAN
Access Mode VLAN: 200 (VLAN0200)
Trunking Native Mode VLAN: 1 (default)
Trunking VLANs Enabled: ALL
Pruning VLANs Enabled: ALL
This example shows how to display switch-port information for module 1:
Switch#
show interfaces switchport module 1
Administrative Mode:dynamic auto
Administrative Trunking Encapsulation:negotiate
Negotiation of Trunking:On
Access Mode VLAN:1 (default)
Trunking Native Mode VLAN:1 (default)
Administrative private-vlan host-association:none
Administrative private-vlan mapping:none
Operational private-vlan:none
Trunking VLANs Enabled:ALL
Pruning VLANs Enabled:2-1001
Administrative Mode:dynamic auto
Administrative Trunking Encapsulation:negotiate
Negotiation of Trunking:On
Access Mode VLAN:1 (default)
Trunking Native Mode VLAN:1 (default)
Administrative private-vlan host-association:none
Administrative private-vlan mapping:none
Operational private-vlan:none
Trunking VLANs Enabled:ALL
Pruning VLANs Enabled:2-1001
This example shows how to display the status of native VLAN tagging on the port:
Switch#
show interfaces f3/1 switchport
show interface f3/1 switchport
Administrative Mode: private-vlan trunk promiscuous
Operational Mode: private-vlan trunk promiscuous
Administrative Trunking Encapsulation: negotiate
Operational Trunking Encapsulation: dot1q
Negotiation of Trunking: On
Access Mode VLAN: 1 (default)
Trunking Native Mode VLAN: 1 (default)
Administrative Native VLAN tagging: enabled
Administrative private-vlan host-association: none
Administrative private-vlan mapping: none
Administrative private-vlan trunk native VLAN: 1
Administrative private-vlan trunk Native VLAN tagging: enabled
Administrative private-vlan trunk encapsulation: dot1q
Administrative private-vlan trunk normal VLANs: 1
Administrative private-vlan trunk associations: none
Administrative private-vlan trunk mappings:
10 (VLAN0010) 100 (VLAN0100)
Operational private-vlan:
10 (VLAN0010) 100 (VLAN0100)
Trunking VLANs Enabled: ALL
Pruning VLANs Enabled: 2-1001
Capture VLANs Allowed: ALL
Unknown unicast blocked: disabled
Unknown multicast blocked: disabled
Related Commands
show interfaces transceiver
To display diagnostic-monitoring data for all interfaces that have transceivers installed, use the show interfaces transceiver command.
show interfaces {{[int_name] transceiver {[detail]} | {transceiver [module mod] | detail [module mod]}}
Syntax Description
int_name |
(Optional) Interface name. |
detail |
(Optional) Displays the calibrated values and the A2D readouts if the readout values differ from the calibrated values. Also displays the high-alarm, high-warning, low-warning, and low-alarm thresholds. |
module mod |
(Optional) Limits the display to interfaces on a specific module. |
Defaults
The noninterface-specific versions of the show interfaces transceiver command are enabled by default.
The interface-specific versions of these commands are enabled by default if the specified interface has a transceiver (GBIC or SFP) that is configured for diagnostic monitoring, and the transceiver is in a module that supports diagnostic monitoring.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC mode
Command History
|
|
12.1(20)EW |
Support for this command was introduced on the Catalyst 4500 series switch. |
12.2(18)EW |
Support for the calibration keyword was withdrawn. |
Usage Guidelines
The show interfaces transceiver command provides useful information under the following conditions:
•At least one transceiver is installed on a chassis that is configured for diagnostic monitoring.
•The transceiver is in a module that supports diagnostic monitoring.
If you notice that the alarm and warning flags have been set on a transceiver, reenter the command to confirm.
Examples
This example shows how to display diagnostic monitoring data for all interfaces with transceivers installed on the switch:
Switch# show interfaces transceiver
If device is externally calibrated, only calibrated values are printed.
++ : high alarm, + : high warning, - : low warning, -- : low alarm.
NA or N/A: not applicable, Tx: transmit, Rx: receive.
mA: milliamperes, dBm: decibels (milliwatts).
Temperature Voltage Current Tx Power Rx Power
Port (Celsius) (Volts) (mA) (dBm) (dBm)
------- ----------- ------- -------- -------- --------
Gi1/1 48.1 3.30 0.0 8.1 ++ N/A
Gi1/2 33.0 3.30 1.8 -10.0 -36.9
Gi2/1 43.7 5.03 50.6 + -16.7 -- N/A
Gi2/2 39.2 5.02 25.7 0.8 N/A
Note The value for the Optical Tx Power (in dBm) equals ten times log (Tx Power in mW). If the Tx Power value is 3 mW, then the Optical Tx Power value equals 10 * log (3), which equals 10 * .477 or 4.77 dBm. The Optical Rx Power value behaves similarly. If the Tx Power or the Rx Power is zero, then its dBm value is undefined and is shown as N/A (not applicable).
This example shows how to display detailed diagnostic monitoring data, including calibrated values, alarm and warning thresholds, A2D readouts, and alarm and warning flags. The A2D readouts are reported separately in parentheses only if they differ from the calibrated values:
Switch# show interfaces transceiver detail
mA: milliamperes, dBm: decibels (milliwatts), NA or N/A: not applicable.
++ : high alarm, + : high warning, - : low warning, -- : low alarm.
A2D readouts (if they differ), are reported in parentheses.
The threshold values are calibrated.
High Alarm High Warn Low Warn Low Alarm
Temperature Threshold Threshold Threshold Threshold
Port (Celsius) (Celsius) (Celsius) (Celsius) (Celsius)
------- ------------------ ---------- --------- --------- ---------
Gi1/1 48.1 100.0 100.0 0.0 0.0
Gi1/2 34.9 100.0 100.0 0.0 0.0
Gi2/1 43.5 70.0 60.0 5.0 0.0
Gi2/2 39.1 70.0 60.0 5.0 0.0
High Alarm High Warn Low Warn Low Alarm
Voltage Threshold Threshold Threshold Threshold
Port (Volts) (Volts) (Volts) (Volts) (Volts)
------- --------------- ---------- --------- --------- ---------
Gi1/1 3.30 6.50 6.50 N/A N/A
Gi1/2 3.30 6.50 6.50 N/A N/A
Gi2/1 5.03 5.50 5.25 4.75 4.50
Gi2/2 5.02 5.50 5.25 4.75 4.50
High Alarm High Warn Low Warn Low Alarm
Current Threshold Threshold Threshold Threshold
Port (milliamperes) (mA) (mA) (mA) (mA)
------- ----------------- ---------- --------- --------- ---------
Gi1/1 0.0 130.0 130.0 N/A N/A
Gi1/2 1.7 130.0 130.0 N/A N/A
Gi2/1 50.6 + 60.0 40.0 10.0 5.0
Gi2/2 25.8 60.0 40.0 10.0 5.0
Optical High Alarm High Warn Low Warn Low Alarm
Transmit Power Threshold Threshold Threshold Threshold
Port (dBm) (dBm) (dBm) (dBm) (dBm)
------- ----------------- ---------- --------- --------- ---------
Gi1/1 8.1 ++ 8.1 8.1 N/A N/A
Gi1/2 -9.8 8.1 8.1 N/A N/A
Gi2/1 -16.7 (-13.0) -- 3.4 3.2 -0.3 -0.5
Gi2/2 0.8 ( 5.1) 3.4 3.2 -0.3 -0.5
Optical High Alarm High Warn Low Warn Low Alarm
Receive Power Threshold Threshold Threshold Threshold
Port (dBm) (dBm) (dBm) (dBm) (dBm)
------- ----------------- ---------- --------- --------- ---------
Gi1/1 N/A 8.1 8.1 N/A N/A
Gi1/2 -30.9 8.1 8.1 N/A N/A
Gi2/1 N/A (-28.5) 5.9 -6.7 -28.5 -28.5
Gi2/2 N/A (-19.5) 5.9 -6.7 -28.5 -28.5
This example shows how to display the monitoring data for the interfaces that have transceivers installed on module 2:
Switch# show interfaces transceiver module 2
If device is externally calibrated, only calibrated values are printed.
++ : high alarm, + : high warning, - : low warning, -- : low alarm.
NA or N/A: not applicable, Tx: transmit, Rx: receive.
mA: milliamperes, dBm: decibels (milliwatts).
Temperature Voltage Current Tx Power Rx Power
Port (Celsius) (Volts) (mA) (dBm) (dBm)
------- ----------- ------- -------- -------- --------
Gi2/1 43.7 5.03 50.6 + -16.7 -- N/A
Gi2/2 39.2 5.02 25.7 0.8 N/A
This example shows how to display the detailed monitoring data for the interfaces that have transceivers installed on module 2:
Switch# show interfaces transceiver detail module 2
mA: milliamperes, dBm: decibels (milliwatts), NA or N/A: not applicable.
++ : high alarm, + : high warning, - : low warning, -- : low alarm.
A2D readouts (if they differ), are reported in parentheses.
The threshold values are calibrated.
High Alarm High Warn Low Warn Low Alarm
Temperature Threshold Threshold Threshold Threshold
Port (Celsius) (Celsius) (Celsius) (Celsius) (Celsius)
------- ------------------ ---------- --------- --------- ---------
Gi2/1 43.5 70.0 60.0 5.0 0.0
Gi2/2 39.1 70.0 60.0 5.0 0.0
High Alarm High Warn Low Warn Low Alarm
Voltage Threshold Threshold Threshold Threshold
Port (Volts) (Volts) (Volts) (Volts) (Volts)
------- --------------- ---------- --------- --------- ---------
Gi2/1 5.03 5.50 5.25 4.75 4.50
Gi2/2 5.02 5.50 5.25 4.75 4.50
High Alarm High Warn Low Warn Low Alarm
Current Threshold Threshold Threshold Threshold
Port (milliamperes) (mA) (mA) (mA) (mA)
------- ----------------- ---------- --------- --------- ---------
Gi2/1 50.6 + 60.0 40.0 10.0 5.0
Gi2/2 25.8 60.0 40.0 10.0 5.0
Optical High Alarm High Warn Low Warn Low Alarm
Transmit Power Threshold Threshold Threshold Threshold
Port (dBm) (dBm) (dBm) (dBm) (dBm)
------- ----------------- ---------- --------- --------- ---------
Gi2/1 -16.7 (-13.0) -- 3.4 3.2 -0.3 -0.5
Gi2/2 0.8 ( 5.1) 3.4 3.2 -0.3 -0.5
Optical High Alarm High Warn Low Warn Low Alarm
Receive Power Threshold Threshold Threshold Threshold
Port (dBm) (dBm) (dBm) (dBm) (dBm)
------- ----------------- ---------- --------- --------- ---------
Gi2/1 N/A (-28.5) 5.9 -6.7 -28.5 -28.5
Gi2/2 N/A (-19.5) 5.9 -6.7 -28.5 -28.5
This example shows how to display the monitoring data for the transceivers on interface Gi1/2:
Switch# show interfaces g1/2 transceiver
ITU Channel 23 (1558.98 nm),
Transceiver is externally calibrated.
If device is externally calibrated, only calibrated values are printed.
++ : high alarm, + : high warning, - : low warning, -- : low alarm.
NA or N/A: not applicable, Tx: transmit, Rx: receive.
mA: milliamperes, dBm: decibels (milliwatts).
Temperature Voltage Current Tx Power Rx Power
Port (Celsius) (Volts) (mA) (dBm) (dBm)
------- ----------- ------- -------- -------- --------
Gi2/1 43.7 5.03 50.6 + -16.7 -- N/A
This example shows how to display detailed the monitoring data for the transceivers on interface Gi1/2:
Switch# show interfaces g1/2 transceiver detail
ITU Channel 23 (1558.98 nm),
Transceiver is externally calibrated.
mA: milliamperes, dBm: decibels (milliwatts), NA or N/A: not applicable.
++ : high alarm, + : high warning, - : low warning, -- : low alarm.
A2D readouts (if they differ), are reported in parentheses.
The threshold values are calibrated.
High Alarm High Warn Low Warn Low Alarm
Temperature Threshold Threshold Threshold Threshold
Port (Celsius) (Celsius) (Celsius) (Celsius) (Celsius)
------- ------------------ ---------- --------- --------- ---------
Gi2/1 43.5 70.0 60.0 5.0 0.0
High Alarm High Warn Low Warn Low Alarm
Voltage Threshold Threshold Threshold Threshold
Port (Volts) (Volts) (Volts) (Volts) (Volts)
------- --------------- ---------- --------- --------- ---------
Gi2/1 5.03 5.50 5.25 4.75 4.50
High Alarm High Warn Low Warn Low Alarm
Current Threshold Threshold Threshold Threshold
Port (milliamperes) (mA) (mA) (mA) (mA)
------- ----------------- ---------- --------- --------- ---------
Gi2/1 50.6 + 60.0 40.0 10.0 5.0
Optical High Alarm High Warn Low Warn Low Alarm
Transmit Power Threshold Threshold Threshold Threshold
Port (dBm) (dBm) (dBm) (dBm) (dBm)
------- ----------------- ---------- --------- --------- ---------
Gi2/1 -16.7 (-13.0) -- 3.4 3.2 -0.3 -0.5
Optical High Alarm High Warn Low Warn Low Alarm
Receive Power Threshold Threshold Threshold Threshold
Port (dBm) (dBm) (dBm) (dBm) (dBm)
------- ----------------- ---------- --------- --------- ---------
Gi2/1 N/A (-28.5) 5.9 -6.7 -28.5 -28.5
Related Commands
show interfaces trunk
To display port and module interface-trunk information, use the show interfaces trunk command.
show interfaces trunk [module mod]
Syntax Description
module mod |
(Optional) Limits the display to interfaces on the specified module; valid values are from 1 to 6. |
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC mode
Command History
|
|
12.1(8a)EW |
Support for this command was introduced on the Catalyst 4500 series switch. |
Usage Guidelines
If you do not specify a keyword, only information for trunking ports is displayed.
Examples
This example shows how to display interface-trunk information for module 5:
Switch#
show interfaces trunk module 5
Port Mode Encapsulation Status Native vlan
Fa5/1 routed negotiate routed 1
Fa5/2 routed negotiate routed 1
Fa5/3 routed negotiate routed 1
Fa5/4 routed negotiate routed 1
Fa5/5 routed negotiate routed 1
Fa5/6 off negotiate not-trunking 10
Fa5/7 off negotiate not-trunking 10
Fa5/8 off negotiate not-trunking 1
Fa5/9 desirable n-isl trunking 1
Fa5/10 desirable negotiate not-trunking 1
Fa5/11 routed negotiate routed 1
Fa5/12 routed negotiate routed 1
Fa5/48 routed negotiate routed 1
Port Vlans allowed on trunk
Port Vlans allowed and active in management domain
Fa5/9 1-6,10,20,50,100,152,200,300,303-305,349-351,400,500,521,524,570,801-8
Port Vlans in spanning tree forwarding state and not pruned
Fa5/9 1-6,10,20,50,100,152,200,300,303-305,349-351,400,500,521,524,570,801-8
This example shows how to display trunking information for active trunking ports:
Switch#
show interfaces trunk
Port Mode Encapsulation Status Native vlan
Fa5/9 desirable n-isl trunking 1
Port Vlans allowed on trunk
Port Vlans allowed and active in management domain
Fa5/9 1-6,10,20,50,100,152,200,300,303-305,349-351,400,500,521,524,570,801-8
Port Vlans in spanning tree forwarding state and not pruned
Fa5/9 1-6,10,20,50,100,152,200,300,303-305,349-351,400,500,521,524,570,801-8
show ip arp inspection
To show the status of dynamic ARP inspection for a specific range of VLANs, use the show ip arp inspection command.
show ip arp inspection {[statistics] vlan vlan-range | interfaces [interface-name]}
Syntax Description
statistics |
(Optional) Displays statistics for the following types of packets that have been processed by this feature: forwarded, dropped, MAC validation failure, and IP validation failure. |
vlan vlan-range |
(Optional) When used with the statistics keyword, displays the statistics for the selected range of VLANs. Without the statistics keyword, displays the configuration and operating state of DAI for the selected range of VLANs. |
interfaces interface-name |
(Optional) Displays the trust state and the rate limit of ARP packets for the provided interface. When the interface name is not specified, the command displays the trust state and rate limit for all applicable interfaces in the system. |
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC mode
Command History
|
|
12.1(19)EW |
Support for this command was introduced on the Catalyst 4500 series switch. |
Examples
This example shows how to display the statistics of packets that have been processed by DAI for
VLAN 3:
Switch# show ip arp inspection statistics vlan 3
Vlan Forwarded Dropped DHCP Drops ACL Drops
---- --------- ------- ---------- ----------
Vlan DHCP Permits ACL Permits Source MAC Failures
---- ------------ ----------- -------------------
Vlan Dest MAC Failures IP Validation Failures
---- ----------------- ----------------------
This example shows how to display the statistics of packets that have been processed by DAI for all active VLANs:
Switch# show ip arp inspection statistics
Vlan Forwarded Dropped DHCP Drops ACL Drops
---- --------- ------- ---------- ----------
Vlan DHCP Permits ACL Permits Source MAC Failures
---- ------------ ----------- -------------------
Vlan Dest MAC Failures IP Validation Failures
---- ----------------- ----------------------
This example shows how to display the configuration and operating state of DAI for VLAN 1:
Switch# show ip arp inspection vlan 1
Source Mac Validation : Disabled
Destination Mac Validation : Disabled
IP Address Validation : Disabled
Vlan Configuration Operation ACL Match Static ACL
---- ------------- --------- --------- ----------
Vlan ACL Logging DHCP Logging
---- ----------- ------------
This example shows how to display the trust state of Fast Ethernet interface 6/1:
Switch# show ip arp inspection interfaces fastEthernet 6/1
Interface Trust State Rate (pps) Burst Interval
--------------- ----------- ---------- --------------
This example shows how to display the trust state of the interfaces on the switch:
Switch# show ip arp inspection interfaces
Interface Trust State Rate (pps)
--------------- ----------- ----------
Related Commands
show ip arp inspection log
To show the status of the log buffer, use the show ip arp inspection log command.
show ip arp inspection log
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC mode
Command History
|
|
12.1(19)EW |
Support for this command was introduced on the Catalyst 4500 series switch. |
Examples
This example shows how to display the current contents of the log buffer before and after the buffers are cleared:
Switch# show ip arp inspection log
Total Log Buffer Size : 10
Syslog rate : 0 entries per 10 seconds.
Interface Vlan Sender MAC Sender IP Num of Pkts
--------------- ----- ----------------- --------------- -----------
Fa6/3 1 0002.0002.0002 1.1.1.2 1(12:02:52 UTC Fri Apr 25 2003)
Fa6/3 1 0002.0002.0002 1.1.1.3 1(12:02:52 UTC Fri Apr 25 2003)
Fa6/3 1 0002.0002.0002 1.1.1.4 1(12:02:52 UTC Fri Apr 25 2003)
Fa6/3 1 0002.0002.0002 1.1.1.5 1(12:02:52 UTC Fri Apr 25 2003)
Fa6/3 1 0002.0002.0002 1.1.1.6 1(12:02:52 UTC Fri Apr 25 2003)
Fa6/3 1 0002.0002.0002 1.1.1.7 1(12:02:52 UTC Fri Apr 25 2003)
Fa6/3 1 0002.0002.0002 1.1.1.8 1(12:02:52 UTC Fri Apr 25 2003)
Fa6/3 1 0002.0002.0002 1.1.1.9 1(12:02:52 UTC Fri Apr 25 2003)
Fa6/3 1 0002.0002.0002 1.1.1.10 1(12:02:52 UTC Fri Apr 25 2003)
Fa6/3 1 0002.0002.0002 1.1.1.11 1(12:02:52 UTC Fri Apr 25 2003)
-- -- -- -- 5(12:02:52 UTC Fri Apr 25 2003)
This example shows how to clear the buffer with the clear ip arp inspection log command:
Switch# clear ip arp inspection log
Switch# show ip arp inspection log
Total Log Buffer Size : 10
Syslog rate : 0 entries per 10 seconds.
No entries in log buffer.
Related Commands
show ip cef vlan
To view IP CEF VLAN interface status and configuration information and display the prefixes for a specific interface, use the show ip cef vlan command.
show ip cef vlan vlan_num [detail]
Syntax Description
vlan_num |
Number of the VLAN. |
detail |
(Optional) Displays detailed information. |
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC mode
Command History
|
|
12.1(8a)EW |
Support for this command was introduced on the Catalyst 4500 series switch. |
Examples
This example shows how to display the prefixes for a specific VLAN:
Switch# show ip cef vlan 1003
Prefix Next Hop Interface
0.0.0.0/0 172.20.52.1 FastEthernet3/3
10.7.0.0/16 172.20.52.1 FastEthernet3/3
10.16.18.0/23 172.20.52.1 FastEthernet3/3
This example shows how to display detailed IP CEF information for a specific VLAN:
Switch# show ip cef vlan 1003 detail
IP Distributed CEF with switching (Table Version 2364), flags=0x0
1383 routes, 0 reresolve, 0 unresolved (0 old, 0 new)
1383 leaves, 201 nodes, 380532 bytes, 2372 inserts, 989 invalidations
0 load sharing elements, 0 bytes, 0 references
universal per-destination load sharing algorithm, id 9B6C9823
3 CEF resets, 0 revisions of existing leaves
refcounts: 54276 leaf, 51712 node
Adjacency Table has 5 adjacencies
show ip dhcp snooping
To display the DHCP snooping configuration, use the show ip dhcp snooping command.
show ip dhcp snooping
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC mode
Command History
|
|
12.1(12c)EW |
Support for this command was introduced on the Catalyst 4500 series switch. |
12.2(25)EWA |
Support for option 82 on untrusted ports was added. |
Examples
This example shows how to display the DHCP snooping configuration:
Switch# show ip dhcp snooping
Switch DHCP snooping is enabled
DHCP snooping is configured on following VLANs:
DHCP snooping is operational on following VLANs:
DHCP snooping is configured on the following L3 Interfaces:
Insertion of option 82 is enabled
circuit-id default format: vlan-mod-port
remote-id: switch123 (string)
Option 82 on untrusted port is not allowed Verification of hwaddr field is enabled DHCP
snooping trust/rate is configured on the following Interfaces:
Interface Trusted Rate limit (pps)
------------------------ ------- ----------------
FastEthernet2/1 no unlimited
Related Commands
show ip dhcp snooping binding
To display the DHCP snooping binding entries, use the show ip dhcp snooping binding command.
show ip dhcp snooping binding [ip-address] [mac-address] [vlan vlan_num]
[interface interface_num]
Syntax Description
ip-address |
(Optional) IP address for the binding entries. |
mac-address |
(Optional) MAC address for the binding entries. |
vlan vlan_num |
(Optional) Specifies a VLAN. |
interface interface_num |
(Optional) Specifies an interface. |
Defaults
If no argument is specified, the switch will display the entire DHCP snooping binding table.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC mode
Command History
|
|
12.1(12c)EW |
Support for this command was introduced on the Catalyst 4500 series switch. |
Usage Guidelines
DHCP snooping is enabled on a VLAN only if both the global snooping and the VLAN snooping are enabled.
To configure a range of VLANs, use the optional last_vlan argument to specify the end of the VLAN range.
Examples
This example shows how to display the DHCP snooping binding entries for a switch:
Switch# show ip dhcp snooping binding
MacAddress IP Address Lease (seconds) Type VLAN Interface
----------- ----------- ---------------- ------------- ----- ------------
0000.0100.0201 10.0.0.1 1600 dhcp-snooping 100 FastEthernet3/1
This example shows how to display an IP address for DHCP snooping binding entries:
Switch# show ip dhcp snooping binding 172.100.101.102
MacAddress IP Address Lease (seconds) Type VLAN Interface
----------- ----------- ---------------- ------------- ----- ------------
0000.0100.0201 172.100.101.102 1600 dhcp-snooping 100 FastEthernet3/1
This example shows how to display the MAC address for the DHCP snooping binding entries:
Switch# show ip dhcp snooping binding 55.5.5.2 0002.b33f.3d5f
MacAddress IpAddress Lease(sec) Type VLAN Interface
------------------ --------------- ---------- ------------- ---- --------------------
00:02:B3:3F:3D:5F 55.5.5.2 492 dhcp-snooping 99 FastEthernet6/36
This example shows how to display the DHCP snooping binding entries' MAC address for a specific VLAN:
Switch# show ip dhcp snooping binding 55.5.5.2 0002.b33f.3d5f vlan 99
MacAddress IpAddress Lease(sec) Type VLAN Interface
------------------ --------------- ---------- ------------- ---- --------------------
00:02:B3:3F:3D:5F 55.5.5.2 479 dhcp-snooping 99 FastEthernet6/36
This example shows how to display the dynamic DHCP snooping binding entries:
Switch# show ip dhcp snooping binding dynamic
MacAddress IP Address Lease (seconds) Type VLAN Interface
----------- ----------- ---------------- ------------ ----- ------------
0000.0100.0201 10.0.0.1 1600 dhcp-snooping 100 FastEthernet3/1
This example shows how to display the DHCP snooping binding entries on VLAN 100:
Switch# show ip dhcp snooping binding vlan 100'
MacAddress IP Address Lease (seconds) Type VLAN Interface
----------- ----------- ---------------- ------------ ----- ------------
0000.0100.0201 10.0.0.1 1600 dhcp-snooping 100 FastEthernet3/1
This example shows how to display the DHCP snooping binding entries on Ethernet interface 0/1:
Switch# show ip dhcp snooping binding interface fastethernet3/1
MacAddress IP Address Lease (seconds) Type VLAN Interface
----------- ----------- ---------------- ------------ ----- ------------
0000.0100.0201 10.0.0.1 1600 dhcp-snooping 100 FastEthernet3/1
Table 2-21 describes the fields in the show ip dhcp snooping command output.
Table 2-21 show ip dhcp snooping Command Output
|
|
Mac Address |
Client hardware MAC address. |
IP Address |
Client IP address assigned from the DHCP server. |
Lease (seconds) |
IP address lease time. |
Type |
Binding type; statically configured from CLI or dynamically learned. |
VLAN |
VLAN number of the client interface. |
Interface |
Interface that connects to the DHCP client host. |
Related Commands
show ip dhcp snooping database
To display the status of the DHCP snooping database agent, use the show ip dhcp snooping database command.
show ip dhcp snooping database [detail]
Syntax Description
detail |
(Optional) Provides additional operating state and statistics information. |
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC mode
Command History
|
|
12.1(12c)EW |
Support for this command was introduced on the Catalyst 4500 series switch. |
12.1(19)EW |
Added support of state and statistics information. |
Examples
This example shows how to display the DHCP snooping database:
Switch# show ip dhcp snooping database
Write delay Timer : 300 seconds
Abort Timer : 300 seconds
Delay Timer Expiry : Not Running
Abort Timer Expiry : Not Running
Last Succeded Time : None
Last Failed Reason : No failure recorded.
Total Attempts : 0 Startup Failures : 0
Successful Transfers : 0 Failed Transfers : 0
Successful Reads : 0 Failed Reads : 0
Successful Writes : 0 Failed Writes : 0
This example shows how to view additional operating statistics:
Switch# show ip dhcp snooping database detail
Agent URL : tftp://10.1.1.1/directory/file
Write delay Timer : 300 seconds
Abort Timer : 300 seconds
Delay Timer Expiry : 7 (00:00:07)
Abort Timer Expiry : Not Running
Last Succeded Time : None
Last Failed Time : 17:14:25 UTC Sat Jul 7 2001
Last Failed Reason : Unable to access URL.
Total Attempts : 21 Startup Failures : 0
Successful Transfers : 0 Failed Transfers : 21
Successful Reads : 0 Failed Reads : 0
Successful Writes : 0 Failed Writes : 21
First successful access: Read
Last ignored bindings counters :
Binding Collisions : 0 Expired leases : 0
Invalid interfaces : 0 Unsupported vlans : 0
Total ignored bindings counters:
Binding Collisions : 0 Expired leases : 0
Invalid interfaces : 0 Unsupported vlans : 0
Related Commands
show ip igmp interface
To view IP IGMP interface status and configuration information, use the show ip igmp interface command.
show ip igmp interface [fastethernet slot/port | gigabitethernet slot/port |
tengigabitethernet slot/port | null interface-number | vlan vlan_id]
Syntax Description
fastethernet slot/port |
(Optional) Specifies the Fast Ethernet interface and the number of the slot and port. |
gigabitethernet slot/port |
(Optional) Specifies the Gigabit Ethernet interface and the number of the slot and port; valid values are from 1 to 9. |
tengigabitethernet slot/port |
(Optional) Specifies the 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface and the number of the slot and port; valid values are from 1 to 2. |
null interface-number |
(Optional) Specifies the null interface and the number of the interface; the only valid value is 0. |
vlan vlan_id |
(Optional) Specifies the VLAN and the number of the VLAN; valid values are from 1 to 4094. |
Defaults
If you do not specify a VLAN, information for VLAN 1 is shown.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC mode
Command History
|
|
12.1(8a)EW |
Support for this command was introduced on the Catalyst 4500 series switch. |
12.1(12c)EW |
Added support for extended VLAN addresses. |
12.2(25)EW |
Added support for the 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface. |
Usage Guidelines
If you omit the optional arguments, the show ip igmp interface command displays information about all interfaces.
Examples
This example shows how to view IGMP information for VLAN 200:
Switch# show ip igmp interface vlan 200
IGMP snooping is globally enabled
IGMP snooping is enabled on this Vlan
IGMP snooping immediate-leave is disabled on this Vlan
IGMP snooping mrouter learn mode is pim-dvmrp on this Vlan
IGMP snooping is running in IGMP-ONLY mode on this VLAN
Related Commands
show ip igmp profile
To view all configured IGMP profiles or a specified IGMP profile, use the show ip igmp profile privileged EXEC command.
show ip igmp profile [profile number]
Syntax Description
profile number |
(Optional) IGMP profile number to be displayed; valid ranges are from 1 to 4294967295. |
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC mode
Command History
|
|
12.1(11b)EW |
Support for this command was introduced on the Catalyst 4500 series switch. |
Usage Guidelines
If no profile number is entered, all IGMP profiles are displayed.
Examples
This example shows how to display IGMP profile 40:
Switch# show ip igmp profile 40
range 233.1.1.1 233.255.255.255
This example shows how to display all IGMP profiles:
Switch# show ip igmp profile
range 230.9.9.0 230.9.9.0
range 229.9.9.0 229.255.255.255
Related Commands
show ip igmp snooping
To display information on dynamically learned and manually configured VLAN switch interfaces, use the show ip igmp snooping command.
show ip igmp snooping [querier | groups | mrouter] [vlan vlan_id] a.b.c.d [summary | sources | hosts] [count]
Syntax Description
querier |
(Optional) Specifies that the display will contain IP address and version information. |
groups |
(Optional) Specifies that the display will list VLAN members sorted by group IP addresses. |
mrouter |
(Optional) Specifies that the display will contain information on dynamically learned and manually configured multicast switch interfaces. |
vlan vlan_id |
(Optional) Specifies a VLAN; valid values are from 1 to 1001 and from 1006 to 4094. |
a.b.c.d |
Group or multicast IP address. |
summary |
(Optional) Specifies a display of detailed information for a v2 or v3 group. |
sources |
(Optional) Specifies a list of the source IPs for the specified group. |
hosts |
(Optional) Specifies a list of the host IPs for the specified group. |
count |
(Optional) Specifies a display of the total number of group addresses learned by the system on a global or per-VLAN basis. |
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
EXEC
Command History
|
|
12.1(8a)EW |
Support for this command was introduced on the Catalyst 4500 series switch. |
12.1(19)EW |
Support for extended addressing was added. |
12.1(20)EW |
Added support to display configuration state for IGMPv3 explicit host tracking. |
Usage Guidelines
You can also use the show mac-address-table multicast command to display the entries in the MAC address table for a VLAN that has IGMP snooping enabled.
You can display IGMP snooping information for VLAN interfaces by entering the show ip igmp snooping command.
Examples
This example shows how to display the global snooping information on the switch:
Switch# show ip igmp snooping
Global IGMP Snooping configuration:
-----------------------------------
IGMPv3 snooping : Enabled
Report suppression : Enabled
TCN solicit query : Disabled
TCN flood query count : 2
IGMPv2 immediate leave : Disabled
Explicit host tracking : Enabled
Multicast router learning mode : pim-dvmrp
CGMP interoperability mode : IGMP_ONLY
IGMPv2 immediate leave : Disabled
Explicit host tracking : Enabled
Multicast router learning mode : pim-dvmrp
CGMP interoperability mode : IGMP_ONLY
This example shows how to display the snooping information on VLAN 2:
Switch# show ip igmp snooping vlan 2
Global IGMP Snooping configuration:
-----------------------------------
IGMPv3 snooping : Enabled
Report suppression : Enabled
TCN solicit query : Disabled
TCN flood query count : 2
IGMPv2 immediate leave : Disabled
Explicit host tracking : Enabled
Multicast router learning mode : pim-dvmrp
CGMP interoperability mode : IGMP_ONLY
This example shows how to display IGMP querier information for all VLANs on a switch:
Switch# show ip igmp snooping querier
Vlan IP Address IGMP Version Port
---------------------------------------------------
This example shows how to display IGMP querier information for VLAN 5 when running IGMPv2:
Switch# show ip igmp snooping querier vlan 5
This example shows how to display IGMP querier information for VLAN 5 when running IGMPv3:
Switch# show ip igmp snooping querier vlan 5
This example shows how to display snooping information for a specific group:
Switch#
show ip igmp snooping group
---------------------------------------------------------
This example shows how to display the group's host types and ports in VLAN 1:
Switch# show ip igmp snooping group vlan 1
Vlan Group Host Type Ports
---------------------------------------------------------
1 229.2.3.4 v3 fa2/1 fa2/3
This example shows how to display the group's host types and ports in VLAN 1:
Switch# show ip igmp snooping group vlan 10 226.6.6.7
---------------------------------------------------------
10 226.6.6.7 v3 Fa7/13, Fa7/14
This example shows how to display the current state of a group with respect to a source IP address:
Switch# show ip igmp snooping group vlan 10 226.6.6.7 sources
Source information for group 226.6.6.7:
Timers: Expired sources are deleted on next IGMP General Query
SourceIP Expires Uptime Inc Hosts Exc Hosts
-------------------------------------------------------
2.0.0.1 00:03:04 00:03:48 2 0
2.0.0.2 00:03:04 00:02:07 2 0
This example shows how to display the current state of a group with respect to a host MAC address:
Switch# show ip igmp snooping group vlan 10 226.6.6.7 hosts
IGMPv3 host information for group 226.6.6.7
Timers: Expired hosts are deleted on next IGMP General Query
Host (MAC/IP) Filter mode Expires Uptime # Sources
-------------------------------------------------------------
175.1.0.29 INCLUDE stopped 00:00:51 2
175.2.0.30 INCLUDE stopped 00:04:14 2
This example shows how to display summary information for a v3 group:
Switch# show ip igmp snooping group vlan 10 226.6.6.7 summary
Group Address (Vlan 10) : 226.6.6.7
Member Ports : Fa7/13, Fa7/14
Reporters (Include/Exclude) : 2/0
This example shows how to display multicast router information for VLAN 1:
Switch#
show ip igmp snooping mrouter vlan 1
-----+----------------------------------------
1 Gi1/1,Gi2/1,Fa3/48,Router
This example shows how to display the total number of group addresses learned by the system globally:
Switch# show ip igmp snooping group count
Total number of groups: 54
This example shows how to display the total number of group addresses learned on VLAN 5:
Switch# show ip igmp snooping group vlan 5 count
Total number of groups: 30
Related Commands
show ip igmp snooping membership
To display host membership information, use the show ip igmp snooping membership command.
show ip igmp snooping membership [interface interface_num] [vlan vlan_id]
[reporter a.b.c.d] [source a.b.c.d group a.b.c.d]
Syntax Description
interface interface_num |
(Optional) Displays IP address and version information of an interface. |
vlan vlan_id |
(Optional) Displays VLAN members sorted by group IP address of a VLAN; valid values are from 1 to 1001 and from 1006 to 4094. |
reporter a.b.c.d |
(Optional) Displays membership information for a specified reporter. |
source a.b.c.d |
(Optional) Specifies a reporter, source, or group IP address. |
group a.b.c.d |
(Optional) Displays all members of a channel (source, group), sorted by interface or VLAN. |
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC mode
Command History
|
|
12.1(20)EW |
Support for this command was introduced on the Catalyst 4500 series switch. |
12.2(25)EW |
Added support for the 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface. |
Usage Guidelines
This command is valid only if explicit host tracking is enabled on the switch.
Examples
This example shows how to display host membership for the Gigabit Ethernet interface 4/1:
Switch# show ip igmp snooping membership interface gigabitethernet4/1
Source/Group Interface Reporter Uptime Last-Join Last-Leave
40.40.40.2/224.10.10.10 Gi4/1 20.20.20 .20 00:23: 37 00:06: 50 00:20:30
40.40.40.4/224.10.10.10 Gi4/1 20.20.20 .20 00:39: 42 00:09:17 -
This example shows how to display host membership for VLAN 20 and group 224.10.10.10:
Switch# show ip igmp snooping membership vlan 20 source 40.40.40.2 group 224.10.10.10
Source/Group Interface Reporter Uptime Last-Join Last-Leave
40.40.40.2/224.10.10.10 Gi4/1 20.20.20 .20 00:23: 37 00:06: 50 00:20:30
This example shows how to display host membership information for VLAN 20 and to delete the explicit host tracking:
Switch# show ip igmp snooping membership vlan 20
Snooping Membership Summary for Vlan 20
------------------------------------------
Total number of channels:5
Source/Group Interface Reporter Uptime Last-Join/
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
40.0.0.1/224.1.1.1 Fa7/37 0002.4ba0.a4f6 00:00:04 00:00:04 /
40.0.0.2/224.1.1.1 Fa7/37 0002.fd80.f770 00:00:17 00:00:17 /
40.0.0.3/224.1.1.1 Fa7/36 20.20.20.20 00:00:04 00:00:04 /
40.0.0.4/224.1.1.1 Fa7/35 20.20.20.210 00:00:17 00:00:17 /
40.0.0.5/224.1.1.1 Fa7/37 0002.fd80.f770 00:00:17 00:00:17 /
Switch# clear ip igmp snooping membership vlan 20
Related Commands
show ip igmp snooping mrouter
To display information on the dynamically learned and manually configured multicast switch interfaces, use the show ip igmp snooping mrouter command.
show ip igmp snooping mrouter [vlan vlan-id]
Syntax Description
vlan vlan-id |
(Optional) Specifies a VLAN; valid values are from 1 to 1001 and from 1006 to 4094. |
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC mode
Command History
|
|
12.1(8a)EW |
Support for this command was introduced on the Catalyst 4500 series switch. |
12.1(19)EW |
Added support for extended VLAN addresses. |
Usage Guidelines
You can also use the show mac-address-table multicast command to display entries in the MAC address table for a VLAN that has IGMP snooping enabled.
You can display IGMP snooping information for the VLAN interfaces by entering the show ip igmp interface vlan vlan-num command.
Examples
This example shows how to display snooping information for a specific VLAN:
Switch#
show ip igmp snooping mrouter vlan 1
-----+----------------------------------------
1 Gi1/1,Gi2/1,Fa3/48,Switch
Related Commands
show ip igmp snooping vlan
To display information on the dynamically learned and manually configured VLAN switch interfaces, use the show ip igmp snooping vlan command.
show ip igmp snooping vlan vlan_num
Syntax Description
vlan_num |
Number of the VLAN; valid values are from 1 to 1001 and from 1006 to 4094. |
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC mode
Command History
|
|
12.1(8a)EW |
Support for this command was introduced on the Catalyst 4500 series switch. |
12.1(12c)EW |
Support for extended addressing was added. |
Usage Guidelines
You can also use the show mac-address-table multicast command to display the entries in the MAC address table for a VLAN that has IGMP snooping enabled.
Examples
This example shows how to display snooping information for a specific VLAN:
Switch#
show ip igmp snooping vlan 2
IGMP snooping is globally enabled
IGMP snooping TCN solicit query is globally enabled
IGMP snooping global TCN flood query count is 2
IGMP snooping is enabled on this Vlan
IGMP snooping immediate-leave is disabled on this Vlan
IGMP snooping mrouter learn mode is pim-dvmrp on this Vlan
IGMP snooping is running in IGMP_ONLY mode on this Vlan
Related Commands
show ip interface
To display the usability status of interfaces that are configured for IP, use the show ip interface command.
show ip interface [type number]
Syntax Description
type |
(Optional) Interface type. |
number |
(Optional) Interface number. |
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
EXEC
Command History
|
|
12.2(25)EW |
Extended to include the 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface. |
Usage Guidelines
The Cisco IOS software automatically enters a directly connected route in the routing table if the interface is usable. A usable interface is one through which the software can send and receive packets. If the software determines that an interface is not usable, it removes the directly connected routing entry from the routing table. Removing the entry allows the software to use dynamic routing protocols to determine backup routes to the network, if any.
If the interface can provide two-way communication, the line protocol is marked "up." If the interface hardware is usable, the interface is marked "up."
If you specify an optional interface type, you see information only on that specific interface.
If you specify no optional arguments, you see information on all the interfaces.
When an asynchronous interface is encapsulated with PPP or Serial Line Internet Protocol (SLIP), IP fast switching is enabled. The show ip interface command on an asynchronous interface that is encapsulated with PPP or SLIP displays a message indicating that IP fast switching is enabled.
Examples
This example shows how to display the usability status for a specific VLAN:
Switch# show ip interface vlan 1
Vlan1 is up, line protocol is up
Internet address is 10.6.58.4/24
Broadcast address is 255.255.255.255
Address determined by non-volatile memory
Helper address is not set
Directed broadcast forwarding is disabled
Outgoing access list is not set
Inbound access list is not set
Local Proxy ARP is disabled
Security level is default
ICMP redirects are always sent
ICMP unreachables are always sent
ICMP mask replies are never sent
IP fast switching is enabled
IP fast switching on the same interface is disabled
IP Flow switching is disabled
IP CEF switching is enabled
IP Fast switching turbo vector
IP Normal CEF switching turbo vector
IP multicast fast switching is enabled
IP multicast distributed fast switching is disabled
IP route-cache flags are Fast, CEF
Router Discovery is disabled
IP output packet accounting is disabled
IP access violation accounting is disabled
TCP/IP header compression is disabled
RTP/IP header compression is disabled
Probe proxy name replies are disabled
Policy routing is disabled
Network address translation is disabled
WCCP Redirect outbound is disabled
WCCP Redirect inbound is disabled
WCCP Redirect exclude is disabled
BGP Policy Mapping is disabled
Sampled Netflow is disabled
IP multicast multilayer switching is disabled
Netflow Data Export (hardware) is enabled
Table 2-22 describes the fields that are shown in the example.
Table 2-22 show ip interface Field Descriptions
|
|
Ethernet0 is up |
If the interface hardware is usable, the interface is marked "up." For an interface to be usable, both the interface hardware and line protocol must be up. |
line protocol is up |
If the interface can provide two-way communication, the line protocol is marked "up." For an interface to be usable, both the interface hardware and line protocol must be up. |
Internet address and subnet mask |
IP address and subnet mask of the interface. |
Broadcast address |
Broadcast address. |
Address determined by... |
Status of how the IP address of the interface was determined. |
MTU |
MTU value that is set on the interface. |
Helper address |
Helper address, if one has been set. |
Secondary address |
Secondary address, if one has been set. |
Directed broadcast forwarding |
Status of directed broadcast forwarding. |
Multicast groups joined |
Multicast groups to which this interface belongs. |
Outgoing access list |
Status of whether the interface has an outgoing access list set. |
Inbound access list |
Status of whether the interface has an incoming access list set. |
Proxy ARP |
Status of whether Proxy Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) is enabled for the interface. |
Security level |
IP Security Option (IPSO) security level set for this interface. |
Split horizon |
Status of split horizon. |
ICMP redirects |
Status of the redirect messages on this interface. |
ICMP unreachables |
Status of the unreachable messages on this interface. |
ICMP mask replies |
Status of the mask replies on this interface. |
IP fast switching |
Status of whether fast switching has been enabled for this interface. Fast switching is typically enabled on serial interfaces, such as this one. |
IP SSE switching |
Status of the IP silicon switching engine (SSE). |
Router Discovery |
Status of the discovery process for this interface. It is typically disabled on serial interfaces. |
IP output packet accounting |
Status of IP accounting for this interface and the threshold (maximum number of entries). |
TCP/IP header compression |
Status of compression. |
Probe proxy name |
Status of whether the HP Probe proxy name replies are generated. |
WCCP Redirect outbound is enabled |
Status of whether packets that are received on an interface are redirected to a cache engine. |
WCCP Redirect exclude is disabled |
Status of whether packets that are targeted for an interface are excluded from being redirected to a cache engine. |
Netflow Data Export (hardware) is enabled |
NDE hardware flow status on the interface. |
show ip mfib
To display all active Multicast Forwarding Information Base (MFIB) routes, use the show ip mfib command.
show ip mfib [all | counters | log [n]]
Syntax Description
all |
(Optional) Specifies all routes in the MFIB, including those routes that are used to accelerate fast switching but that are not necessarily in the upper-layer routing protocol table. |
counters |
(Optional) Specifies the counts of MFIB-related events. Only nonzero counters are shown. |
log |
(Optional) Specifies a log of the most recent number of MFIB-related events. The most recent event is first. |
n |
(Optional) Number of events. |
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC mode
Command History
|
|
12.1(8a)EW |
Support for this command was introduced on the Catalyst 4500 series switch. |
12.2(40)SG |
Support for command introduced on the Supervisor Engine 6-E and Catalyst 4900M chassis. |
Usage Guidelines
In the Supervisor Engine 6-E and Catalyst 4900M chassis, the output of the show ip mfib command does not display any hardware counters.
The MFIB table contains a set of IP multicast routes; each route in the MFIB table contains several flags that associate to the route.
The route flags indicate how a packet that matches a route is forwarded. For example, the IC flag on an MFIB route indicates that some process on the switch needs to receive a copy of the packet. These flags are associated with MFIB routes:
•Internal Copy (IC) flag—Set on a route when a process on the switch needs to receive a copy of all packets matching the specified route.
•Signaling (S) flag—Set on a route when a switch process needs notification that a packet matching the route is received. In the expected behavior, the protocol code updates the MFIB state in response to having received a packet on a signaling interface.
•Connected (C) flag—When set on a route, the C flag has the same meaning as the S flag, except that the C flag indicates that only packets sent by directly connected hosts to the route should be signaled to a protocol process.
A route can also have a set of flags associated with one or more interfaces. For an (S,G) route, the flags on interface 1 indicate how the ingress packets should be treated and whether packets matching the route should be forwarded onto interface 1. These per-interface flags are associated with the MFIB routes:
•Accepting (A)—Set on the RPF interface when a packet that arrives on the interface and that is marked as Accepting (A) is forwarded to all Forwarding (F) interfaces.
•Forwarding (F)—Used with the A flag as described above. The set of forwarding interfaces together form a multicast olist or output interface list.
•Signaling (S)—Set on an interface when a multicast routing protocol process in Cisco IOS needs to be notified of ingress packets on that interface.
•Not Platform (NP) fast-switched—Used with the F flag. A forwarding interface is also marked as Not Platform fast-switched whenever that output interface cannot be fast-switched by the platform hardware and requires software forwarding.
For example, the Catalyst 4506 switch with Supervisor Engine III cannot switch tunnel interfaces in hardware so these interfaces are marked with the NP flag. When an NP interface is associated with a route, a copy of every ingress packet arriving on an Accepting interface is sent to the switch software forwarding path for software replication and then forwarded to the NP interface.
Examples
This example shows how to display all active MFIB routes:
IP Multicast Forwarding Information Base
Entry Flags: C - Directly Connected, S - Signal,
Interface Flags: A - Accept, F - Forward, NS - Signal,
NP - Not platform switched
Packets: Fast/Partial/Slow Bytes: Fast/Partial/Slow:
(171.69.10.13, 224.0.1.40), flags (IC)
Packets: 2292/2292/0, Bytes: 518803/0/518803
(*, 224.0.1.60), flags ()
Packets: 2292/0/0, Bytes: 518803/0/0
(*, 224.0.1.75), flags ()
(10.34.2.92, 239.192.128.80), flags ()
Packets: 24579/100/0, 2113788/15000/0 bytes
(*, 239.193.100.70), flags ()
Packets: 1/0/0, 1500/0/0 bytes
Related Commands
show ip mfib fastdrop
To display all currently active fast-drop entries and to show whether fast drop is enabled, use the show ip mfib fastdrop command.
show ip mfib fastdrop
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC mode
Command History
|
|
12.1(8a)EW |
Support for this command was introduced on the Catalyst 4500 series switch. |
Examples
This example shows how to display all currently active fast-drop entries and whether fast drop is enabled.
Switch# show ip mfib fasttdrop
MFIB fastdrop is enabled.
(10.0.0.1, 224.1.2.3, Vlan9 ) 00:01:32
(10.1.0.2, 224.1.2.3, Vlan9 ) 00:02:30
(1.2.3.4, 225.6.7.8, Vlan3) 00:01:50
Related Commands
show ip mroute
To display IP multicast routing table information, use the show ip mroute command.
show ip mroute [interface_type slot/port | host_name | host_address [source] | active [kbps | interface_type num] | count | pruned | static | summary]
Syntax Description
interface_type slot/port |
(Optional) Interface type and number of the slot and port; valid values for interface type are fastethernet, gigabitethernet, tengigabitethernet, null, and vlan. |
host_name |
(Optional) Name or IP address as defined in the DNS hosts table. |
host_address source |
(Optional) IP address or name of a multicast source. |
active |
(Optional) Displays the rate that active sources are sending to multicast groups. |
kbps interface_type num |
(Optional) Minimum rate at which active sources are sending to multicast groups; active sources sending at this rate or greater will be displayed. Valid values are from 1 to 4294967295 kbps. |
count |
(Optional) Displays the route and packet count information. |
pruned |
(Optional) Displays the pruned routes. |
static |
(Optional) Displays the static multicast routes. |
summary |
(Optional) Displays a one-line, abbreviated summary of each entry in the IP multicast routing table. |
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC mode
Command History
|
|
12.1(8a)EW |
Support for this command was introduced on the Catalyst 4500 series switch. |
12.2(25)EW |
Added support for the 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface. |
Usage Guidelines
If you omit all the optional arguments and keywords, the show ip mroute command displays all the entries in the IP multicast routing table.
The show ip mroute active kbps command displays all the sources sending at a rate greater than or equal to kbps.
The multicast routing table is populated by creating source, group (S,G) entries from star, group (*,G) entries. The star refers to all source addresses, the "S" refers to a single source address, and the "G" refers to the destination multicast group address. In creating (S,G) entries, the software uses the best path to that destination group found in the unicast routing table (through Reverse Path Forwarding (RPF).
Examples
This example shows how to display all the entries in the IP multicast routing table:
IP Multicast Routing Table
Flags:D - Dense, S - Sparse, s - SSM Group, C - Connected, L - Local,
P - Pruned, R - RP-bit set, F - Register flag, T - SPT-bit set,
J - Join SPT, M - MSDP created entry, X - Proxy Join Timer Running
A - Advertised via MSDP, U - URD, I - Received Source Specific Host
Outgoing interface flags:H - Hardware switched
Interface state:Interface, Next-Hop or VCD, State/Mode
(*, 230.13.13.1), 00:16:41/00:00:00, RP 10.15.1.20, flags:SJC
Incoming interface:GigabitEthernet4/8, RPF nbr 10.15.1.20
GigabitEthernet4/9, Forward/Sparse-Dense, 00:16:41/00:00:00, H
(*, 230.13.13.2), 00:16:41/00:00:00, RP 10.15.1.20, flags:SJC
Incoming interface:GigabitEthernet4/8, RPF nbr 10.15.1.20, RPF-MFD
GigabitEthernet4/9, Forward/Sparse-Dense, 00:16:41/00:00:00, H
(10.20.1.15, 230.13.13.1), 00:14:31/00:01:40, flags:CJT
Incoming interface:GigabitEthernet4/8, RPF nbr 10.15.1.20, RPF-MFD
GigabitEthernet4/9, Forward/Sparse-Dense, 00:14:31/00:00:00, H
(132.206.72.28, 224.2.136.89), 00:14:31/00:01:40, flags:CJT
Incoming interface:GigabitEthernet4/8, RPF nbr 10.15.1.20, RPF-MFD
Outgoing interface list:Null
This example shows how to display the rate that the active sources are sending to the multicast groups and to display only the active sources that are sending at greater than the default rate:
Switch# show ip mroute active
Active IP Multicast Sources - sending > = 4 kbps
Group: 224.2.127.254, (sdr.cisco.com)
Source: 146.137.28.69 (mbone.ipd.anl.gov)
Rate: 1 pps/4 kbps(1sec), 4 kbps(last 1 secs), 4 kbps(life avg)
Group: 224.2.201.241, ACM 97
Source: 130.129.52.160 (webcast3-e1.acm97.interop.net)
Rate: 9 pps/93 kbps(1sec), 145 kbps(last 20 secs), 85 kbps(life avg)
Group: 224.2.207.215, ACM 97
Source: 130.129.52.160 (webcast3-e1.acm97.interop.net)
Rate: 3 pps/31 kbps(1sec), 63 kbps(last 19 secs), 65 kbps(life avg)
This example shows how to display route and packet count information:
Switch# show ip mroute count
56 routes using 28552 bytes of memory
13 groups, 3.30 average sources per group
Forwarding Counts:Pkt Count/Pkts per second/Avg Pkt Size/Kilobits per second
Other counts:Total/RPF failed/Other drops(OIF-null, rate-limit etc)
Group:224.2.136.89, Source count:1, Group pkt count:29051
Source:132.206.72.28/32, Forwarding:29051/-278/1186/0, Other:85724/8/56665
This example shows how to display summary information:
Switch# show ip mroute summary
IP Multicast Routing Table
Flags: D - Dense, S - Sparse, s - SSM Group, C - Connected, L - Local,
P - Pruned, R - RP-bit set, F - Register flag, T - SPT-bit set,
J - Join SPT, M - MSDP created entry, X - Proxy Join Timer Running
A - Advertised via MSDP, U - URD, I - Received Source Specific Host
Outgoing interface flags: H - Hardware switched
Interface state: Interface, Next-Hop or VCD, State/Mode
Table 2-23 describes the fields shown in the output.
Table 2-23 show ip mroute Field Descriptions
|
|
Flags: |
Information about the entry. |
D - Dense |
Entry is operating in dense mode. |
S - Sparse |
Entry is operating in sparse mode. |
s - SSM Group |
Entry is a member of an SSM group. |
C - Connected |
Member of the multicast group is present on the directly connected interface. |
L - Local |
Switch is a member of the multicast group. |
P - Pruned |
Route has been pruned. This information is retained in case a downstream member wants to join the source. |
R - Rp-bit set |
Status of the (S,G) entry; is the (S,G) entry pointing toward the RP. The R - Rp-bit set is typically a prune state along the shared tree for a particular source. |
F - Register flag |
Status of the software; indicates if the software is registered for a multicast source. |
T - SPT-bit set |
Status of the packets; indicates if the packets been received on the shortest path source tree. |
J - Join SPT |
For (*, G) entries, indicates that the rate of traffic flowing down the shared tree is exceeding the SPT-Threshold set for the group. (The default SPT-Threshold setting is 0 kbps.) When the J - Join SPT flag is set, the next (S,G) packet received down the shared tree triggers an (S,G) join in the direction of the source causing the switch to join the source tree. For (S, G) entries, indicates that the entry was created because the SPT-Threshold for the group was exceeded. When the J - Join SPT flag is set for (S,G) entries, the switch monitors the traffic rate on the source tree and attempts to switch back to the shared tree for this source if the traffic rate on the source tree falls below the group's SPT-Threshold for more than one minute. The switch measures the traffic rate on the shared tree and compares the measured rate to the group's SPT-Threshold once every second. If the traffic rate exceeds the SPT-Threshold, the J- Join SPT flag is set on the (*, G) entry until the next measurement of the traffic rate. The flag is cleared when the next packet arrives on the shared tree and a new measurement interval is started. If the default SPT-Threshold value of 0 Kbps is used for the group, the J- Join SPT flag is always set on (*, G) entries and is never cleared. When the default SPT-Threshold value is used, the switch immediately switches to the shortest-path tree when traffic from a new source is received. |
Outgoing interface flag: |
Information about the outgoing entry. |
H - Hardware switched |
Entry is hardware switched. |
Timer: |
Uptime/Expires. |
Interface state: |
Interface, Next-Hop or VCD, State/Mode. |
(*, 224.0.255.1) (198.92.37.100/32, 224.0.255.1) |
Entry in the IP multicast routing table. The entry consists of the IP address of the source switch followed by the IP address of the multicast group. An asterisk (*) in place of the source switch indicates all sources. Entries in the first format are referred to as (*,G) or "star comma G" entries. Entries in the second format are referred to as (S,G) or "S comma G" entries. (*,G) entries are used to build (S,G) entries. |
uptime |
How long (in hours, minutes, and seconds) the entry has been in the IP multicast routing table. |
expires |
How long (in hours, minutes, and seconds) until the entry is removed from the IP multicast routing table on the outgoing interface. |
RP |
Address of the RP switch. For switches and access servers operating in sparse mode, this address is always 0.0.0.0. |
flags: |
Information about the entry. |
Incoming interface |
Expected interface for a multicast packet from the source. If the packet is not received on this interface, it is discarded. |
RPF neighbor |
IP address of the upstream switch to the source. "Tunneling" indicates that this switch is sending data to the RP encapsulated in Register packets. The hexadecimal number in parentheses indicates to which RP it is registering. Each bit indicates a different RP if multiple RPs per group are used. |
DVMRP or Mroute |
Status of whether the RPF information is obtained from the DVMRP routing table or the static mroutes configuration. |
Outgoing interface list |
Interfaces through which packets are forwarded. When the ip pim nbma-mode command is enabled on the interface, the IP address of the PIM neighbor is also displayed. |
Ethernet0 |
Name and number of the outgoing interface. |
Next hop or VCD |
Next hop specifies downstream neighbor's IP address. VCD specifies the virtual circuit descriptor number. VCD0 indicates that the group is using the static-map virtual circuit. |
Forward/Dense |
Status of the packets; indicates if they are they forwarded on the interface if there are no restrictions due to access lists or the TTL threshold. Following the slash (/), mode in which the interface is operating (dense or sparse). |
Forward/Sparse |
Sparse mode interface is in forward mode. |
time/time (uptime/expiration time) |
Per interface, how long (in hours, minutes, and seconds) the entry has been in the IP multicast routing table. Following the slash (/), how long (in hours, minutes, and seconds) until the entry is removed from the IP multicast routing table. |
Related Commands
|
|
ip multicast-routing (refer to Cisco IOS documentation) |
Enables IP multicast routing. |
ip pim (refer to Cisco IOS documentation) |
Enables Protocol Independent Multicast (PIM) on an interface. |
show ip source binding
To display IP source bindings that are configured on the system, use the show ip source binding EXEC command.
show ip source binding [ip-address] [mac-address] [dhcp-snooping | static] [vlan vlan-id] [interface interface-name]
Syntax Description
ip-address |
(Optional) Binding IP address. |
mac-address |
(Optional) Binding MAC address. |
dhcp-snooping |
(Optional) DHCP-snooping type binding. |
static |
(Optional) Statically configured binding. |
vlan vlan-id |
(Optional) VLAN number. |
interface interface-name |
(Optional) Binding interface. |
Defaults
Displays both static and DHCP snooping bindings.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC mode
Command History
|
|
12.1(19)EW |
Support for this command was introduced on the Catalyst 4500 series switch. |
Usage Guidelines
The optional parameters filter the display output result.
Examples
This example shows how to display the IP source bindings:
Switch# show ip source binding
MacAddress IpAddress Lease(sec) Type VLAN Interface
------------------ --------------- ---------- ------------- ---- --------------------
00:00:00:0A:00:0B 11.0.0.1 infinite static 10 FastEthernet6/10
This example shows how to display the static IP binding entry of IP address 11.0.01:
Switch# show ip source binding 11.0.0.1 0000.000A.000B static vlan 10 interface Fa6/10
show ip source binding 11.0.0.1 0000.000A.000B static vlan 10 interface Fa6/10
MacAddress IpAddress Lease(sec) Type VLAN Interface
------------------ --------------- ---------- ------------- ---- --------------------
00:00:00:0A:00:0B 11.0.0.1 infinite static 10 FastEthernet6/10
Switch#
Related Commands
show ip verify source
To display the IP source guard configuration and filters on a particular interface, use the show ip verify source command.
show ip verify source [interface interface_num]
Syntax Description
interface interface_num |
(Optional) Specifies an interface. |
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC mode
Command History
|
|
12.1(19)EW |
Support for this command was introduced on the Catalyst 4500 series switch. |
Examples
These examples show how to display the IP source guard configuration and filters on a particular interface with the show ip verify source interface command:
•This output appears when DHCP snooping is enabled on VLANs 10-20, interface fa6/1 has IP source filter mode that is configured as IP, and an existing IP address binding 10.0.0.1 is on VLAN 10:
Interface Filter-type Filter-mode IP-address Mac-address Vlan
--------- ----------- ----------- --------------- -------------- ---------
fa6/1 ip active 10.0.0.1 10
fa6/1 ip active deny-all 11-20
Note The second entry shows that a default PVACL (deny all IP traffic) is installed on the port for those snooping-enabled VLANs that do not have a valid IP source binding.
•This output appears when you enter the show ip verify source interface fa6/2 command and DHCP snooping is enabled on VLANs 10-20, interface fa6/1 has IP source filter mode that is configured as IP, and there is an existing IP address binding 10.0.0.1 on VLAN 10:
Interface Filter-type Filter-mode IP-address Mac-address Vlan
--------- ----------- ----------- --------------- -------------- ---------
fa6/2 ip inactive-trust-port
•This output appears when you enter the show ip verify source interface fa6/3 command and the interface fa6/3 does not have a VLAN enabled for DHCP snooping:
Interface Filter-type Filter-mode IP-address Mac-address Vlan
--------- ----------- ----------- --------------- -------------- ---------
fa6/3 ip inactive-no-snooping-vlan
•This output appears when you enter the show ip verify source interface fa6/4 command and the interface fa6/4 has an IP source filter mode that is configured as IP MAC and the existing IP MAC that binds 10.0.0.2/aaaa.bbbb.cccc on VLAN 10 and 11.0.0.1/aaaa.bbbb.cccd on VLAN 11:
Interface Filter-type Filter-mode IP-address Mac-address Vlan
--------- ----------- ----------- --------------- -------------- ---------
fa6/4 ip-mac active 10.0.0.2 aaaa.bbbb.cccc 10
fa6/4 ip-mac active 11.0.0.1 aaaa.bbbb.cccd 11
fa6/4 ip-mac active deny-all deny-all 12-20
•This output appears when you enter the show ip verify source interface fa6/5 command and the interface fa6/5 has IP source filter mode that is configured as IP MAC and existing IP MAC binding 10.0.0.3/aaaa.bbbb.ccce on VLAN 10, but port security is not enabled on fa6/5:
Interface Filter-type Filter-mode IP-address Mac-address Vlan
--------- ----------- ----------- --------------- -------------- ---------
fa6/5 ip-mac active 10.0.0.3 permit-all 10
fa6/5 ip-mac active deny-all permit-all 11-20
Note Enable port security first because the DHCP security MAC filter cannot apply to the port or VLAN.
•This output appears when you enter the show ip verify source interface fa6/6 command and the interface fa6/6 does not have IP source filter mode that is configured:
DHCP security is not configured on the interface fa6/6.
This example shows how to display all the interfaces on the switch that have DHCP snooping security and IP Port Security tracking enabled with the show ip verify source command.
The output is an accumulation of per-interface show CLIs:
Interface Filter-type Filter-mode IP-address Mac-address Vlan
--------- ----------- ----------- --------------- -------------- ---------
fa6/1 ip active 10.0.0.1 10
fa6/1 ip active deny-all 11-20
fa6/2 ip inactive-trust-port
Fa6/3 ip trk active 40.1.1.24 10
Fa6/3 ip trk active 40.1.1.20 10
Fa6/3 ip trk active 40.1.1.21 10
fa6/4 ip-mac active 10.0.0.2 aaaa.bbbb.cccc 10
fa6/4 ip-mac active 11.0.0.1 aaaa.bbbb.cccd 11
fa6/4 ip-mac active deny-all deny-all 12-20
fa6/5 ip-mac active 10.0.0.3 permit-all 10
fa6/5 ip-mac active deny-all permit-all 11-20
Related Commands
show ipc
To display IPC information, use the show ipc command.
show ipc {nodes | ports | queue | status}
Syntax Description
nodes |
Displays the participating nodes. |
ports |
Displays the local IPC ports. |
queue |
Displays the contents of the IPC retransmission queue. |
status |
Displays the status of the local IPC server. |
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC mode
Command History
|
|
12.1(12c)EW |
Support for this command was introduced on the Catalyst 4500 series switch. |
Examples
This example shows how to display the participating nodes:
There are 3 nodes in this IPC realm.
10000 Local IPC Master 0 0
2010000 Local GALIOS IPC:Card 1 0 0
2020000 Ethernet GALIOS IPC:Card 2 12 26
This example shows how to display the local IPC ports:
There are 11 ports defined.
Port ID Type Name (current/peak/total)
10000.1 unicast IPC Master:Zone
10000.2 unicast IPC Master:Echo
10000.3 unicast IPC Master:Control
10000.4 unicast Remote TTY Server Port
10000.5 unicast GALIOS RF :Active
index = 0 seat_id = 0x2020000 last sent = 0 heard = 1635 0/1/1635
10000.6 unicast GALIOS RED:Active
index = 0 seat_id = 0x2020000 last sent = 0 heard = 2 0/1/2
2020000.3 unicast GALIOS IPC:Card 2:Control
2020000.4 unicast GALIOS RFS :Standby
2020000.5 unicast Slave: Remote TTY Client Port
2020000.6 unicast GALIOS RF :Standby
2020000.7 unicast GALIOS RED:Standby
RPC packets: current/peak/total
This example shows how to display the contents of the IPC retransmission queue:
There are 0 IPC messages waiting for acknowledgement in the transmit queue.
There are 0 IPC messages waiting for a response.
There are 0 IPC messages waiting for additional fragments.
There are 0 IPC messages currently on the IPC inboundQ.
There are 0 messages currently in use by the system.
This example shows how to display the status of the local IPC server:
This processor is the IPC master server.
6000 IPC message headers in cache
3363 messages in, 1680 out, 1660 delivered to local port,
1686 acknowledgements received, 1675 sent,
0 NACKS received, 0 sent,
0 messages dropped on input, 0 messages dropped on output
0 no local port, 0 destination unknown, 0 no transport
0 missing callback or queue, 0 duplicate ACKs, 0 retries,
0 ipc_output failures, 0 mtu failures,
0 msg alloc failed, 0 emer msg alloc failed, 0 no origs for RPC replies
0 pak alloc failed, 0 memd alloc failed
0 no hwq, 1 failed opens, 0 hardware errors
No regular dropping of IPC output packets for test purposes
show ipv6 first-hop counters
To display the number of packets dropped per port due to RA Guard, use the show ipv6 first-hop counters interface command.
show ipv6 first-hop counters interface
Syntax Description
interface |
Specifies the interface. |
Defaults
None
Command Modes
Interface mode
Command History
|
|
12.2(54)SG |
This command was introduced on the Catalyst 4500 series switch. |
Examples
This example provides a sample output for the show ipv6 first-hop counters command on interface Gi2/49:
Switch# show ipv6 first-hop counters int gi 2/48
Received messages on Gi2/48:
Protocol Protocol message
ICMPv6 RS RA NS NA REDIR CPS CPA
Bridged messages from Gi2/48:
Protocol Protocol message
ICMPv6 RS RA NS NA REDIR CPS CPA
Dropped messages on Gi2/48:
Feature/Message RS RA NS NA REDIR CPS CPA
RA guard 0 943 0 0 4670 0 0
Dropped reasons on Gi2/48:
RA guard 943 RA drop - reason:Hardware drop
RA guard 4670 REDIR drop - reason:Hardware drop
Note Only RA (Router Advertisement) and REDIR (Router Redirected packets) counters are supported in Cisco IOS Release 12.2(54)SG.
Related Commands
show ipv6 mld snooping
To display IP version 6 (IPv6) Multicast Listener Discovery (MLD) snooping configuration of the switch or the VLAN, use the show ipv6 mld snooping command.
show ipv6 mld snooping [vlan vlan-id]
Syntax Description
vlan vlan-id |
(Optional) Specifies a VLAN; the range is 1 to 1001 and 1006 to 4094. |
Command Modes
User EXEC mode
Command History
|
|
12.2(40)SG |
This command was introduced on the Catalyst 4500. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to display MLD snooping configuration for the switch or for a specific VLAN.
VLAN numbers 1002 through 1005 are reserved for Token Ring and FDDI VLANs and cannot be used in MLD snooping.
Examples
This is an example of output from the show ipv6 mld snooping vlan command. It shows snooping characteristics for a specific VLAN.
Switch>
show ipv6 mld snooping vlan 100
Global MLD Snooping configuration:
-------------------------------------------
MLDv2 snooping (minimal) : Enabled
Listener message suppression : Enabled
TCN solicit query : Disabled
TCN flood query count : 2
Last listener query count : 2
Last listener query interval : 1000
MLDv1 immediate leave : Disabled
Explicit host tracking : Enabled
Multicast router learning mode : pim-dvmrp
Last listener query count : 2
Last listener query interval : 1000
This is an example of output from the show ipv6 mld snooping command. It displays snooping characteristics for all VLANs on the switch.
Switch
>
show ipv6 mld snooping
Global MLD Snooping configuration:
-------------------------------------------
MLDv2 snooping (minimal) : Enabled
Listener message suppression : Enabled
TCN solicit query : Disabled
TCN flood query count : 2
Last listener query count : 2
Last listener query interval : 1000
MLDv1 immediate leave : Disabled
Explicit host tracking : Enabled
Multicast router learning mode : pim-dvmrp
Last listener query count : 2
Last listener query interval : 1000
MLDv1 immediate leave : Disabled
Explicit host tracking : Enabled
Multicast router learning mode : pim-dvmrp
Last listener query count : 2
Last listener query interval : 1000
Related Commands
|
|
ipv6 mld snooping |
Enables IP version 6 (IPv6) Multicast Listener Discovery (MLD) snooping globally or on the specified VLAN. |
show ipv6 mld snooping mrouter
To display dynamically learned and manually configured IP version 6 (IPv6) Multicast Listener Discovery (MLD) switch ports for the switch or a VLAN, use the show ipv6 mld snooping mrouter command.
show ipv6 mld snooping mrouter [vlan vlan-id]
Syntax Description
vlan vlan-id |
(Optional) Specifies a VLAN; the range is 1 to 1001 and 1006 to 4094. |
Command Modes
User EXEC mode
Command History
|
|
12.2(40)SG |
This command was introduced on Catalyst 4500. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to display MLD snooping switch ports for the switch or for a specific VLAN.
VLAN numbers 1002 through 1005 are reserved for Token Ring and FDDI VLANs and cannot be used in MLD snooping.
Examples
This is an example of output from the show ipv6 mld snooping mrouter command. It displays snooping characteristics for all VLANs on the switch that are participating in MLD snooping.
Switch> show ipv6 mld snooping mrouter
This is an example of output from the show ipv6 mld snooping mrouter vlan command. It shows multicast switch ports for a specific VLAN.
Switch> show ipv6 mld snooping mrouter vlan 100
Related Commands
|
|
ipv6 mld snooping |
Enables IP version 6 (IPv6) Multicast Listener Discovery (MLD) snooping globally or on the specified VLAN. |
ipv6 mld snooping vlan |
Configures IP version 6 (IPv6) Multicast Listener Discovery (MLD) snooping parameters on the VLAN interface. |
show ipv6 mld snooping querier
To display IP version 6 (IPv6) Multicast Listener Discovery (MLD) snooping querier-related information most recently received by the switch or the VLAN, use the show ipv6 mld snooping querier command.
show ipv6 mld snooping querier [vlan vlan-id]
Syntax Description
vlan vlan-id |
(Optional) Specifiesa VLAN; the range is 1 to 1001 and 1006 to 4094. |
Command Modes
User EXEC mode
Command History
|
|
12.2(40)SG |
This command was introduced on the Catalyst 4500. |
Usage Guidelines
Use the show ipv6 mld snooping querier command to display the MLD version and IPv6 address of a detected device that sends MLD query messages, which is also called a querier. A subnet can have multiple multicast switches but has only one MLD querier. The querier can be a Layer 3 switch.
The show ipv6 mld snooping querier command output also shows the VLAN and interface on which the querier was detected. If the querier is the switch, the output shows the Port field as Router. If the querier is a router, the output shows the port number on which the querier is learned in the Port field.
The output of the show ipv6 mld snoop querier vlan command displays the information received in response to a query message from an external or internal querier. It does not display user-configured VLAN values, such as the snooping robustness variable on the particular VLAN. This querier information is used only on the MASQ message that is sent by the switch. It does not override the user-configured robustness variable that is used for aging out a member that does not respond to query messages.
VLAN numbers 1002 through 1005 are reserved for Token Ring and FDDI VLANs and cannot be used in MLD snooping.
Examples
This is an example of output from the show ipv6 mld snooping querier command:
Switch>
show ipv6 mld snooping querier
Vlan IP Address MLD Version Port
-------------------------------------------------------------
2 FE80::201:C9FF:FE40:6000 v1 Gi3/0/1
This is an example of output from the show ipv6 mld snooping querier vlan command:
Switch>
show ipv6 mld snooping querier vlan 2
IP address : FE80::201:C9FF:FE40:6000
Max response time : 1000s
Related Commands
show issu capability
To display the ISSU capability for a client, use the show issu capability command.
show issu capability {entries | groups | types} [client_id]
Syntax Description
entries |
Displays a list of Capability Types and Dependent Capability Types that are included in a single Capability Entry. Types within an entry can also be independent. |
groups |
Displays a list of Capability Entries in priority order (the order that they will be negotiated on a session). |
types |
Displays an ID that identifies a particular capability. |
client_id |
(Optional) Identifies the client registered to the ISSU infrastructure. To obtain a list of client IDs, use the show issu clients command. |
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
User EXEC mode
Command History
|
|
12.2(31)SGA |
This command was introduced on the Catalyst 4500 series switch. |
Usage Guidelines
Capability is a functionality that an ISSU client can support and is required to interoperate with peers.
When an ISSU-aware client establishes its session with the peer, an ISSU negotiation takes place. The ISSU infrastructure uses the registered information to negotiate the capabilities and the message version to be used during the session.
Examples
The following example shows how to display the ISSU capability types for the IP host ISSU client (clientid=2082):
Switch# show issu capability types 2082
Client_ID = 2082, Entity_ID = 1 :
The following example shows how to display the ISSU capabilities entries for the IP host ISSU client (clientid=2082):
Switch# show issu capability entries 2082
Client_ID = 2082, Entity_ID = 1 :
The following example shows how to display the ISSU capabilities groups for the IP host ISSU client (clientid=2082):
Switch# show issu capability groups 2082
Client_ID = 2082, Entity_ID = 1 :
Related Commands
show issu clients
To display the ISSU clients, use the show issu clients command.
show issu clients [peer_uid]
Syntax Description
peer_uid |
(Optional) Displays a list of clients registered to ISSU infrastructure at the peer supervisor engine. |
Defaults
Displays a list of clients registered to the ISSU infrastructure at the supervisor engine where the command is entered.
Command Modes
User EXEC mode
Command History
|
|
12.2(31)SGA |
This command was introduced on the Catalyst 4500 series switch. |
Usage Guidelines
To implement ISSU versioning functionality, a client must first register itself, client capability, and client message information with the ISSU infrastructure during the system initialization.
Examples
The following example shows how to display the ISSU clients:
Switch# show issu clients
Client_ID = 2, Client_Name = ISSU Proto client, Entity_Count = 1
Client_ID = 3, Client_Name = ISSU RF, Entity_Count = 1
Client_ID = 4, Client_Name = ISSU CF client, Entity_Count = 1
Client_ID = 5, Client_Name = ISSU Network RF client, Entity_Count = 1
Client_ID = 7, Client_Name = ISSU CONFIG SYNC, Entity_Count = 1
Client_ID = 8, Client_Name = ISSU ifIndex sync, Entity_Count = 1
Client_ID = 9, Client_Name = ISSU IPC client, Entity_Count = 1
Client_ID = 10, Client_Name = ISSU IPC Server client, Entity_Count = 1
Client_ID = 11, Client_Name = ISSU Red Mode Client, Entity_Count = 1
Client_ID = 100, Client_Name = ISSU rfs client, Entity_Count = 1
Client_ID = 110, Client_Name = ISSU ifs client, Entity_Count = 1
Client_ID = 200, Client_Name = ISSU Event Manager client, Entity_Count = 1
Client_ID = 2002, Client_Name = CEF Push ISSU client, Entity_Count = 1
Client_ID = 2003, Client_Name = ISSU XDR client, Entity_Count = 1
Client_ID = 2004, Client_Name = ISSU SNMP client, Entity_Count = 1
Client_ID = 2010, Client_Name = ARP HA, Entity_Count = 1
Client_ID = 2012, Client_Name = ISSU HSRP Client, Entity_Count = 1
Client_ID = 2021, Client_Name = XDR Int Priority ISSU client, Entity_Count = 1
Client_ID = 2022, Client_Name = XDR Proc Priority ISSU client, Entity_Count = 1
Client_ID = 2023, Client_Name = FIB HWIDB ISSU client, Entity_Count = 1
Client_ID = 2024, Client_Name = FIB IDB ISSU client, Entity_Count = 1
Client_ID = 2025, Client_Name = FIB HW subblock ISSU client, Entity_Count = 1
Client_ID = 2026, Client_Name = FIB SW subblock ISSU client, Entity_Count = 1
Client_ID = 2027, Client_Name = Adjacency ISSU client, Entity_Count = 1
Client_ID = 2028, Client_Name = FIB IPV4 ISSU client, Entity_Count = 1
Client_ID = 2054, Client_Name = ISSU process client, Entity_Count = 1
Client_ID = 2058, Client_Name = ISIS ISSU RTR client, Entity_Count = 1
Client_ID = 2059, Client_Name = ISIS ISSU UPD client, Entity_Count = 1
Client_ID = 2067, Client_Name = ISSU PM Client, Entity_Count = 1
Client_ID = 2068, Client_Name = ISSU PAGP_SWITCH Client, Entity_Count = 1
Client_ID = 2070, Client_Name = ISSU Port Security client, Entity_Count = 1
Client_ID = 2071, Client_Name = ISSU Switch VLAN client, Entity_Count = 1
Client_ID = 2072, Client_Name = ISSU dot1x client, Entity_Count = 1
Client_ID = 2073, Client_Name = ISSU STP, Entity_Count = 1
Client_ID = 2077, Client_Name = ISSU STP MSTP, Entity_Count = 1
Client_ID = 2078, Client_Name = ISSU STP IEEE, Entity_Count = 1
Client_ID = 2079, Client_Name = ISSU STP RSTP, Entity_Count = 1
Client_ID = 2081, Client_Name = ISSU DHCP Snooping client, Entity_Count = 1
Client_ID = 2082, Client_Name = ISSU IP Host client, Entity_Count = 1
Client_ID = 2083, Client_Name = ISSU Inline Power client, Entity_Count = 1
Client_ID = 2084, Client_Name = ISSU IGMP Snooping client, Entity_Count = 1
Client_ID = 4001, Client_Name = ISSU C4K Chassis client, Entity_Count = 1
Client_ID = 4002, Client_Name = ISSU C4K Port client, Entity_Count = 1
Client_ID = 4003, Client_Name = ISSU C4K Rkios client, Entity_Count = 1
Client_ID = 4004, Client_Name = ISSU C4K HostMan client, Entity_Count = 1
Client_ID = 4005, Client_Name = ISSU C4k GaliosRedundancy client, Entity_Count = 1
Client_Name = ISSU Proto client
Client_Name = ISSU CF client
Client_Name = ISSU Network RF client
Client_Name = ISSU CONFIG SYNC
Client_Name = ISSU ifIndex sync
Client_Name = ISSU IPC client
Client_Name = ISSU IPC Server client
Client_Name = ISSU Red Mode Client
Client_Name = ISSU rfs client
Client_Name = ISSU ifs client
Client_Name = ISSU Event Manager client
Client_Name = CEF Push ISSU client
Client_Name = ISSU XDR client
Client_Name = XDR Int Priority ISSU client
Client_Name = XDR Proc Priority ISSU client
Client_Name = FIB HWIDB ISSU client
Client_Name = FIB IDB ISSU client
Client_Name = FIB HW subblock ISSU client
Client_Name = FIB SW subblock ISSU client
Client_Name = Adjacency ISSU client
Client_Name = FIB IPV4 ISSU client
Client_Name = ISSU process client
Client_Name = ISSU PM Client
Client_Name = ISSU C4K Chassis client
Client_Name = ISSU C4K Port client
Client_Name = ISSU C4K Rkios client
Client_Name = ISSU C4K HostMan client
Client_Name = ISSU C4k GaliosRedundancy client
Related Commands
show issu comp-matrix
To display information regarding the In Service Software Upgrade (ISSU) compatibility matrix, use the show issu comp-matrix command.
show issu comp-matrix {negotiated | stored | xml}
Syntax Description
negotiated |
Displays negotiated compatibility matrix information. |
stored |
Displays stored compatibility matrix information. |
xml |
Displays negotiated compatibility matrix information in XML format. |
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
User EXEC mode
Command History
|
|
12.2(31)SGA |
This command was introduced on the Catalyst 4500 series switch. |
Usage Guidelines
Before attempting an ISSU, you should know the compatibility level between the old and the new Cisco IOS software versions on the active and the standby supervisor engines. ISSU will not work if the two versions are incompatible.
The compatibility matrix is available on Cisco.com so that you can also veiw in advance whether an upgrade can be performed with the ISSU process. The compatibility matrix during the ISSU process and later by entering the show issu comp-matrix command. To display information on the negotiation of the compatibility matrix data between two software versions on a given system, use the show issu comp-matrix negotiated command.
Compatibility matrix data is stored with each Cisco IOS software image that supports ISSU capability. To display stored compatibility matrix information, use the show issu comp-matrix stored command.
The compatibility matrix information are built-in any Cisco IOS ISSU image. The ISSU infrastructure performs a matrix lookup as soon as the communication with the standby supervisor engine is established. There are three possible results from the lookup operation:
•Compatible—The Base-level system infrastructure and all optional HA-aware subsystems are compatible. In-service upgrade or downgrade between these versions will succeed with minimal service impact.
•Base-Level Compatible—One or more of the optional HA-aware subsystems are not compatible. Although an in-service upgrade or downgrade between these versions will succeed, some subsystems will not be able to maintain their state during the switchover. Prior to attempting an in-service upgrade or downgrade, the impact of this on operation and service of the switch must be considered carefully.
•Incompatible—A set of core system infrastructure must be able to execute in a stateful manner for SSO to function correctly. If any of these "required" features or subsystems is not compatible in two different Cisco IOS images, the two versions of the Cisco IOS images are declared "Incompatible". This means that an in-service upgrade or downgrade between these versions is not possible. The systems operates in RPR mode during the period when the versions of Cisco IOS at the active and standby supervisor engines differ.
Examples
This example displays negotiated compatibility matrix information:
Switch# show issu comp-matrix negotiated
CardType: WS-C4507R(112), Uid: 2, Image Ver: 12.2(31)SGA
Image Name: cat4500-ENTSERVICES-M
Cid Eid Sid pSid pUid Compatibility
=======================================================
2 1 262151 3 1 COMPATIBLE
3 1 262160 5 1 COMPATIBLE
4 1 262163 9 1 COMPATIBLE
5 1 262186 25 1 COMPATIBLE
7 1 262156 10 1 COMPATIBLE
8 1 262148 7 1 COMPATIBLE
9 1 262155 1 1 COMPATIBLE
10 1 262158 2 1 COMPATIBLE
11 1 262172 6 1 COMPATIBLE
100 1 262166 13 1 COMPATIBLE
110 113 262159 14 1 COMPATIBLE
200 1 262167 24 1 COMPATIBLE
2003 1 262185 23 1 COMPATIBLE
2004 1 262175 16 1 COMPATIBLE
2008 1 262147 26 1 COMPATIBLE
2008 1 262168 27 1 COMPATIBLE
2010 1 262171 32 1 COMPATIBLE
2012 1 262180 31 1 COMPATIBLE
2021 1 262170 41 1 COMPATIBLE
2022 1 262152 42 1 COMPATIBLE
2054 1 262169 8 1 COMPATIBLE
2058 1 262154 29 1 COMPATIBLE
2059 1 262179 30 1 COMPATIBLE
2067 1 262153 12 1 COMPATIBLE
2068 1 196638 40 1 COMPATIBLE
2070 1 262145 21 1 COMPATIBLE
2071 1 262178 11 1 COMPATIBLE
2072 1 262162 28 1 COMPATIBLE
2073 1 262177 33 1 COMPATIBLE
2077 1 262165 35 1 COMPATIBLE
2078 1 196637 34 1 COMPATIBLE
2079 1 262176 36 1 COMPATIBLE
2081 1 262150 37 1 COMPATIBLE
2082 1 262161 39 1 COMPATIBLE
2083 1 262184 20 1 COMPATIBLE
2084 1 262183 38 1 COMPATIBLE
4001 101 262181 17 1 COMPATIBLE
4002 201 262164 18 1 COMPATIBLE
4003 301 262182 19 1 COMPATIBLE
4004 401 262146 22 1 COMPATIBLE
4005 1 262149 4 1 COMPATIBLE
Cid Eid GrpId Sid pSid pUid Nego Result
=============================================================
110 113 115 262159 14 1 Y
2002 1 2 - - - N - did not negotiate
2023 1 1 - - - N - did not negotiate
2024 1 1 - - - N - did not negotiate
2025 1 1 - - - N - did not negotiate
2026 1 1 - - - N - did not negotiate
2027 1 1 - - - N - did not negotiate
2028 1 1 - - - N - did not negotiate
Cid Client Name Base/Non-Base
================================================
5 ISSU Network RF client Base
10 ISSU IPC Server client Base
11 ISSU Red Mode Client Base
200 ISSU Event Manager clientBase
2002 CEF Push ISSU client Base
2003 ISSU XDR client Base
2004 ISSU SNMP client Non-Base
2008 ISSU Tableid Client Base
2012 ISSU HSRP Client Non-Base
2021 XDR Int Priority ISSU cliBase
2022 XDR Proc Priority ISSU clBase
2023 FIB HWIDB ISSU client Base
2024 FIB IDB ISSU client Base
2025 FIB HW subblock ISSU clieBase
2026 FIB SW subblock ISSU clieBase
2027 Adjacency ISSU client Base
2028 FIB IPV4 ISSU client Base
2054 ISSU process client Base
2058 ISIS ISSU RTR client Non-Base
2059 ISIS ISSU UPD client Non-Base
2068 ISSU PAGP_SWITCH Client Non-Base
2070 ISSU Port Security clientNon-Base
2071 ISSU Switch VLAN client Non-Base
2072 ISSU dot1x client Non-Base
2077 ISSU STP MSTP Non-Base
2078 ISSU STP IEEE Non-Base
2079 ISSU STP RSTP Non-Base
2081 ISSU DHCP Snooping clientNon-Base
2082 ISSU IP Host client Non-Base
2083 ISSU Inline Power client Non-Base
2084 ISSU IGMP Snooping clientNon-Base
4001 ISSU C4K Chassis client Base
4002 ISSU C4K Port client Base
4003 ISSU C4K Rkios client Base
4004 ISSU C4K HostMan client Base
4005 ISSU C4k GaliosRedundancyBase
This example displays stored compatibility matrix information:
Switch> show issu comp-matrix stored
Number of Matrices in Table = 1
(1) Matrix for cat4500-ENTSERVICES-M(112) - cat4500-ENTSERVICES-M(112)
==========================================
My Image ver: 12.2(31)SGA
Peer Version Compatibility
------------ -------------
Related Commands
show issu endpoints
To display the ISSU endpoint information, use the show issu endpoints command.
show issu endpoints
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
User EXEC mode
Command History
|
|
12.2(31)SGA |
This command was introduced on the Catalyst 4500 series switch. |
Usage Guidelines
Endpoint is an execution unit within a redundancy domain. There are only 2 endpoints on the Catalyst 4500 series switch redundant chassis: 1 and 2. The endpoints correspond to the slot numbers for the supervisor engine. The ISSU infrastructure communicates between these two endpoints to establish session and to perform session negotiation for ISSU clients.
Examples
The following example shows how to display the ISSU endpoints:
Switch# show issu endpoints
My_Unique_ID = 1/0x1, Client_Count = 46
This endpoint communicates with 1 peer endpoints :
Peer_Unique_ID CAP VER XFORM ERP Compatibility
Shared Negotiation Session Info :
Nego_Session_Name = shared nego session
Related Commands
show issu entities
To display the ISSU entity information, use the show issu entities command.
show issu entities [client_id]
Syntax Description
client_id |
(Optional) ISSU client ID. |
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
User EXEC mode
Command History
|
|
12.2(31)SGA |
This command was introduced on the Catalyst 4500 series switch. |
Usage Guidelines
Entity is a logical group of sessions with some common attributes (like capability list and message type). Currently, most ISSU clients on the Catalyst 4500 series switch have only one entity.
Examples
The following example shows how to display the entity information for a specified ISSU client:
Switch#show issu entities 2072
Entity_ID = 1, Entity_Name = ISSU dot1x entity :
MsgType MsgGroup CapType CapEntry CapGroup
Count Count Count count Count
Related Commands
show issu fsm
Note This command is not intended for end-users.
To display the ISSU finite state machine (FSM) information corresponding to an ISSU session, use the show issu fsm command.
show issu fsm [session_id]
Syntax Description
session_id |
(Optional) Provides detailed information about the FSM for the specified session. |
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
User EXEC mode
Command History
|
|
12.2(31)SGA |
This command was introduced on the Catalyst 4500 series switch. |
Examples
The following example displays and verifies the ISSU state after LOADVERSION:
FSM_Name Curr_State Old_State Error_Reason
FSM_L2_HELLO EXIT RCVD none
FSM_L2_A_CAP A_EXIT A_RSP none
FSM_L2_P_CAP P_INIT unknown none
FSM_L2_A_VER A_EXIT A_RES_RSP none
FSM_L2_P_VER P_INIT unknown none
FSM_L2_TRANS COMP COMP none
Current FSM is FSM_L2_TRANS
Negotiation started at 00:01:07.688, duration is 0.148 seconds
Related Commands
show issu message
To display checkpoint messages for a specified ISSU client, use the show issu message command.
show issu message {groups | types} [client_id]
Syntax Description
groups |
Displays information on Message Group supported by the specified client. |
types |
Displays information on all Message Types supported by the specified client. |
client_id |
(Optional) Specifies a client ID. |
Defaults
If client ID is not specified, displays message groups or message types information for all clients registered to the ISSU infrastructure.
Command Modes
User EXEC mode
Command History
|
|
12.2(31)SGA |
This command was introduced on the Catalyst 4500 series switch. |
Usage Guidelines
Messages are sync-data (also known as checkpoint data) sent between two endpoints.
When an ISSU-aware client establishes its session with a peer, an ISSU negotiation takes place. The ISSU infrastructure uses the registered information to negotiate the capabilities and the message version to be used during the session.
Examples
The following example shows how to display the message groups for Client_id 2082:
Switch#show issu message groups 2082
Client_ID = 2082, Entity_ID = 1 :
Message_Type = 1, Version_Range = 1 ~ 2
Message_Type = 2, Version_Range = 1 ~ 2
The following example shows how to display the message types for Client_id 2082:
Switch#show issu message types 2082
Client_ID = 2082, Entity_ID = 1 :
Message_Type = 1, Version_Range = 1 ~ 2
Message_Ver = 1, Message_Mtu = 12
Message_Ver = 2, Message_Mtu = 8
Message_Type = 2, Version_Range = 1 ~ 2
Message_Ver = 1, Message_Mtu = 32
Message_Ver = 2, Message_Mtu = 28
Related Commands
show issu negotiated
To display the negotiated capability and message version information of the ISSU clients, use the
show issu negotiated command.
show issu negotiated {capability | version} [session_id]
Syntax Description
capability |
Displays all negotiated capabilities. |
version |
Displays details of all negotiated messages. |
session_id |
(Optional) Specifies the ISSU session ID for which the capability or version information is displayed. |
Defaults
Displays negotiated capability or version information for all ISSU sessions.
Command Modes
User EXEC mode
Command History
|
|
12.2(31)SGA |
This command was introduced on the Catalyst 4500 series switch. |
Examples
The following example shows how to display the message types for a specific group:
Switch# show issu negotiated capability 26
Cap_Type = 0, Cap_Result = 1 No cap value assigned
Switch# show issu negotiated version 26
Message_Type = 1, Negotiated_Version = 1, Message_MTU = 44
Message_Type = 2, Negotiated_Version = 1, Message_MTU = 4
Related Commands
show issu rollback-timer
To display ISSU rollback-timer status, use the show issu rollback-timer command.
show issu rollback-timer
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
Priviledged EXEC mode
Command History
|
|
12.2(31)SGA |
This command was introduced on the Catalyst 4500 series switch. |
Examples
The following example shows how to display the rollback-timer status:
Switch#show issu rollback-timer
Rollback Process State = Not in progress
Configured Rollback Time = 45:00
Related Commands
|
|
issu acceptversion |
Halts the rollback timer and ensures that the new Cisco IOS software image is not automatically stopped during the ISSU process. |
issu runversion |
Forces a change from the active supervisor engine to the standby supervisor engine and causes the newly active supervisor engine to run the new image specified in the issu loadversion command. |
show issu sessions
To display ISSU session information for a specified client, use the show issu sessions command.
show issu sessions [client_id]
Syntax Description
client_id |
(Optional) Specifies the ISSU client ID. |
Defaults
Displays session information for all clients registered to the ISSU infrastructure.
Command Modes
User EXEC mode
Command History
|
|
12.2(31)SGA |
This command was introduced on the Catalyst 4500 series switch. |
Usage Guidelines
Session is bidirectional and a reliable connection is established between two endpoints. Sync-data and negotiation messages are sent to the peer endpoint through a session. On a Catalyst 4500 series switch, each ISSU-aware client has a maximum of one session at each endpoint.
When an ISSU-aware client establishes its session with the peer, an ISSU negotiation takes place. The ISSU infrastructure uses the registered information to negotiate the capabilities and the message version to be used during the session.
Examples
The following example shows how to display the rollback-timer status:
Switch#show issu sessions 2072
Client_ID = 2072, Entity_ID = 1 :
*** Session_ID = 26, Session_Name = dot1x :
Peer Peer Negotiate Negotiated Cap Msg Session
UniqueID Sid Role Result GroupID GroupID Signature
2 26 PRIMARY COMPATIBLE 1 1 0
Negotiation Session Info for This Message Session:
Nego_Session_Name = dot1x
Related Commands
show issu state
To display the ISSU state and current booted image name during the ISSU process, use the
show issu state command.
show issu state [slot_number] [detail]
Syntax Description
slot_number |
(Optional) Specifies the slot number whose ISSU state needs to be displayed (1 or 2). |
detail |
(Optional) Provides detailed information about the state of the active and standby supervisor engines. |
Defaults
The command displays the ISSU state and current booted image name of both the active and standby supervisor engines.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC mode
Command History
|
|
12.2(31)SGA |
This command was introduced on the Catalyst 4500 series switch. |
Usage Guidelines
It might take several seconds after the issu loadversion command is entered for Cisco IOS software to load onto the standby supervisor engine and the standby supervisor engine to transition to SSO mode. If you enter the show issu state command too soon, you might not see the information you need.
Examples
The following example displays and verifies the ISSU state after LOADVERSION:
Switch# show issu state detail
ISSU State = Load Version
Boot Variable = bootflash:old_image,12
Operating Mode = Stateful Switchover
Primary Version = bootflash:old_image
Secondary Version = bootflash:new_image
Current Version = bootflash:old_image
ISSU State = Load Version
Boot Variable = bootflash:new_image,12;bootflash:old_image,12
Operating Mode = Stateful Switchover
Primary Version = bootflash:old_image
Secondary Version = bootflash:new_image
Current Version = bootflash:new_image
Related Commands
|
|
issu abortversion |
Cancels the ISSU upgrade or the downgrade process in progress and restores the switch to its state before the start of the process. |
issu acceptversion |
Halts the rollback timer and ensures that the new Cisco IOS software image is not automatically stopped during the ISSU process. |
issu commitversion |
Loads the new Cisco IOS software image into the new standby supervisor engine. |
issu loadversion |
Starts the ISSU process. |
issu runversion |
Forces a change from the active supervisor engine to the standby supervisor engine and causes the newly active supervisor engine to run the new image specified. |
show l2protocol-tunnel
To display information about the Layer 2 protocol tunnel ports, use the show l2protocol-tunnel command. This command displays information for the interfaces with protocol tunneling enabled.
show l2protocol-tunnel [interface interface-id] [[summary] | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description
interface interface-id |
(Optional) Specifies the interface for which protocol tunneling information appears. Valid interfaces are physical ports and port channels; the port channel range is 1 to 64. |
summary |
(Optional) Displays only Layer 2 protocol summary information. |
begin |
(Optional) Displays information beginning with the line that matches the expression. |
exclude |
(Optional) Displays information that excludes lines that match the expression. |
include |
(Optional) Displays the lines that match the specified expression. |
expression |
(Optional) Expression in the output to use as a reference point. |
Command Modes
User EXEC mode
Command History
|
|
12.2(18)EW |
This command was first introduced on the Catalyst 4500 series switch. |
12.2(25)EW |
Added support for the 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface. |
Usage Guidelines
After enabling Layer 2 protocol tunneling on an access or 802.1Q tunnel port with the l2protocol-tunnel command, you can configure some or all of these parameters:
•Protocol type to be tunneled
•Shutdown threshold
•Drop threshold
If you enter the show l2protocol-tunnel [interface interface-id] command, only information about the active ports on which all the parameters are configured appears.
If you enter the show l2protocol-tunnel summary command, only information about the active ports on which some or all of the parameters are configured appears.
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output do not appear, but the lines that contain Output appear.
Examples
This is an example of output from the show l2protocol-tunnel command:
Switch> show l2protocol-tunnel
COS for Encapsulated Packets: 5
Port Protocol Shutdown Drop Encapsulation Decapsulation Drop
Threshold Threshold Counter Counter Counter
------- -------- --------- --------- ------------- ------------- -------------
Fa0/10 --- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----
stp ---- ---- 9847 1866 0
Fa0/11 cdp 1100 ---- 2356 2350 0
Fa0/12 cdp ---- ---- 2356 0 0
Fa0/13 cdp ---- ---- 2356 0 0
This is an example of output from the show l2protocol-tunnel summary command:
Switch> show l2protocol-tunnel summary
COS for Encapsulated Packets: 5
Port Protocol Shutdown Drop Status
(cdp/stp/vtp) (cdp/stp/vtp)
(pagp/lacp/udld) (pagp/lacp/udld)
------- ----------- ---------------- ---------------- ----------
Fa0/10 --- stp vtp ----/----/---- ----/----/---- up
pagp lacp udld ----/----/---- ----/----/----
Fa0/11 cdp stp vtp 1100/1100/1100 ----/----/---- up
pagp lacp udld ----/----/---- 900/ 900/ 900
Fa0/12 cdp stp vtp ----/----/---- ----/----/---- up
pagp lacp udld ----/----/---- ----/----/----
Fa0/13 cdp stp vtp ----/----/---- ----/----/---- up
pagp lacp udld ----/----/---- ----/----/----
Fa0/14 cdp stp vtp ----/----/---- ----/----/---- down
pagp ---- udld ----/----/---- ----/----/----
Fa0/15 cdp stp vtp ----/----/---- ----/----/---- down
pagp ---- udld ----/----/---- ----/----/----
Fa0/16 cdp stp vtp ----/----/---- ----/----/---- down
pagp lacp udld ----/----/---- ----/----/----
Fa0/17 cdp stp vtp ----/----/---- ----/----/---- down
pagp lacp udld ----/----/---- ----/----/----
Related Commands
show lacp
To display LACP information, use the show lacp command.
show lacp [channel-group] {counters | internal | neighbors | sys-id}
Syntax Description
channel-group |
(Optional) Number of the channel group; valid values are from 1 to 64. |
counters |
Displays the LACP statistical information. |
internal |
Displays the internal information. |
neighbors |
Displays the neighbor information. |
sys-id |
Displays the LACP system identification. |
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC mode
Command History
|
|
12.1(13)EW |
Support for this command was introduced on the Catalyst 4500 series switches. |
Usage Guidelines
This command is not supported on systems that are configured with a Supervisor Engine I.
If you do not specify a channel-group value, all channel groups are displayed.
You can enter the optional channel-group value to specify a channel group for all keywords, except the sys-id keyword.
Examples
This example shows how to display LACP statistical information for a specific channel group:
Switch# show lacp 1 counters
Port Sent Recv Sent Recv Pkts Err
---------------------------------------------------
The output displays the following information:
•The LACPDUs Sent and Recv columns display the LACPDUs sent and received on each specific interface.
•The LACPDUs Pkts and Err columns display the marker protocol packets.
This example shows how to display internal information for the interfaces belonging to a specific channel:
Switch# show lacp 1 internal
Flags: S - Device sends PDUs at slow rate. F - Device sends PDUs at fast rate.
A - Device is in Active mode. P - Device is in Passive mode.
LACPDUs LACP Port Admin Oper Port Port
Port Flags State Interval Priority Key Key Number State
Fa4/1 saC bndl 30s 32768 100 100 0xc1 0x75
Fa4/2 saC bndl 30s 32768 100 100 0xc2 0x75
Fa4/3 saC bndl 30s 32768 100 100 0xc3 0x75
Fa4/4 saC bndl 30s 32768 100 100 0xc4 0x75
Table 2-24 lists the output field definitions.
Table 2-24 show lacp internal Command Output Fields
|
|
State |
State of the specific port at the current moment is displayed; allowed values are as follows: •bndl—Port is attached to an aggregator and bundled with other ports. •susp—Port is in a suspended state; it is not attached to any aggregator. •indep—Port is in an independent state (not bundled but able to switch data traffic. In this case, LACP is not running on the partner port). •hot-sby—Port is in a hot-standby state. •down—Port is down. |
LACPDUs Interval |
Interval setting. |
LACP Port Priority |
Port priority setting. |
Admin Key |
Administrative key. |
Oper Key |
Operator key. |
Port Number |
Port number. |
Port State |
State variables for the port encoded as individual bits within a single octet with the following meaning [1]: •bit0: LACP_Activity •bit1: LACP_Timeout •bit2: Aggregation •bit3: Synchronization •bit4: Collecting •bit5: Distributing •bit6: Defaulted •bit7: Expired |
This example shows how to display LACP neighbors information for a specific port channel:
Switch# show lacp 1 neighbor
Flags: S - Device sends PDUs at slow rate. F - Device sends PDUs at fast rate.
A - Device is in Active mode. P - Device is in Passive mode.
Channel group 1 neighbors
Port System ID Port Number Age Flags
Fa4/1 8000,00b0.c23e.d84e 0x81 29s P
Fa4/2 8000,00b0.c23e.d84e 0x82 0s P
Fa4/3 8000,00b0.c23e.d84e 0x83 0s P
Fa4/4 8000,00b0.c23e.d84e 0x84 0s P
In the case where no PDUs have been received, the default administrative information is displayed in braces.
This example shows how to display the LACP system identification:
The system identification is made up of the system priority and the system MAC address. The first two bytes are the system priority, and the last six bytes are the globally administered individual MAC address associated to the system.
Related Commands
show mab
To display MAC authentication bypass (MAB) information, use the show mab command in EXEC mode.
show mab {interface interface interface-number | all} [detail]
Syntax Description
interface interface |
Interface type; possible valid value is gigabitethernet. |
interface-number |
Module and port number. |
all |
Displays MAB information for all interfaces. |
detail |
(Optional) Displays detailed MAB information. |
Command Default
None.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC mode
Command History
|
|
12.2(50)SG |
This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Table 2-25 lists the fields in the show mab command.
Table 2-25 show mab Command Output
|
|
Mac-Auth-Bypass |
MAB state |
Inactivity Timeout |
Inactivity timeout |
Client MAC |
Client MAC address |
MAB SM state |
MAB state machine state |
Auth Status |
Authorization status |
Table 2-26 lists the possible values for the state of the MAB state machine.
Table 2-26 MAB State Machine Values
|
|
|
Initialize |
Intermediate |
The state of the session when it initializes |
Acquiring |
Intermediate |
The state of the session when it is obtaining the client MAC address |
Authorizing |
Intermediate |
The state of the session during MAC-based authorization |
Terminate |
Terminal |
The state of the session once a result has been obtained. For a session in terminal state, "TERMINATE" displays. |
Table 2-27 lists the possible displayed values for the MAB authorization status.
Table 2-27 MAB Authorization Status Values
|
|
AUTHORIZED |
The session has successfully authorized. |
UNAUTHORIZED |
The session has failed to be authorized. |
Examples
The following example shows how to display MAB information:
MAB details for GigaEthernet1/3
-------------------------------------
Mac-Auth-Bypass = Enabled
Inactivity Timeout = None
The following example shows how to display detailed MAB information:
Switch# show mab all detail
MAB details for GigaEthernet1/3
-------------------------------------
Mac-Auth-Bypass = Enabled
Inactivity Timeout = None
Client MAC = 000f.23c4.a401
The following example shows how to display MAB information for a specific interface:
Switch# show mab interface GigaEthernet1/3
MAB details for GigaEthernet1/3
-------------------------------------
Mac-Auth-Bypass = Enabled
Inactivity Timeout = None
The following example shows how to display detailed MAB information for a specific interface:
Switch# show mab interface gigabitethernet1/1 detail
MAB details for GigaEthernet1/1
-------------------------------------
Mac-Auth-Bypass = Enabled
Inactivity Timeout = None
Client MAC = 000f.23c4.a401
Related Commands
|
|
mab |
Enables and configures MAC authorization bypass (MAB) on a port. |
show mac access-group interface
To display the ACL configuration on a Layer 2 interface, use the show mac access-group interface command.
show mac access-group interface [interface interface-number]
Syntax Description
interface |
(Optional) Specifies the interface type; valid values are ethernet, fastethernet, gigabitethernet, tengigabitethernet, pos, atm, port-channel, and ge-wan. |
interface-number |
(Optional) Specifies the port number. |
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC mode
Command History
|
|
12.1(19)EW |
Support for this command was introduced on the Catalyst 4500 series switch. |
Usage Guidelines
The valid values for the port number depend on the chassis used.
Examples
This example shows how to display the ACL configuration on interface fast 6/1:
Switch# show mac access-group interface fast 6/1
Interface FastEthernet6/1:
Inbound access-list is simple-mac-acl
Outbound access-list is not set
Related Commands
|
|
access-group mode |
Specifies the override modes (for example, VACL overrides PACL) and the non-override modes (for example, merge or strict mode). |
show mac-address-table address
To display MAC address table information for a specific MAC address, use the
show mac-address-table address command.
show mac-address-table address mac_addr [interface type slot/port | protocol protocol | vlan vlan_id]
Syntax Description
mac_addr |
48-bit MAC address; the valid format is H.H.H. |
interface type slot/port |
(Optional) Displays information for a specific interface; valid values for type are fastethernet, gigabitethernet, and tengigabitethernet. |
protocol protocol |
(Optional) Specifies a protocol. See the "Usage Guidelines" section for more information. |
vlan vlan_id |
(Optional) Displays entries for the specific VLAN only; valid values are from 1 to 4094. |
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC mode
Command History
|
|
12.1(8a)EW |
Support for this command was introduced on the Catalyst 4500 series switch. |
12.1(12c)EW |
Added support for extended VLAN addresses. |
12.2(25)EW |
Added support for the 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface. |
Usage Guidelines
For the MAC address table entries that are used by the routed ports, the routed port name is displayed in the "vlan" column not the internal VLAN number.
The keyword definitions for the protocol variable are as follows:
•ip specifies the IP protocol.
•ipx specifies the IPX protocols.
•assigned specifies the assigned protocol entries.
•other specifies the other protocol entries.
Examples
This example shows how to display MAC address table information for a specific MAC address:
Switch# show mac-address-table address 0030.94fc.0dff
vlan mac address type protocols port
-------+---------------+--------+---------------------+--------------------
1 0030.94fc.0dff static ip,ipx,assigned,other Switch
Fa6/1 0030.94fc.0dff static ip,ipx,assigned,other Switch
Fa6/2 0030.94fc.0dff static ip,ipx,assigned,other Switch
Related Commands
show mac-address-table aging-time
To display the MAC address aging time, use the show mac-address-table aging-time command.
show mac-address-table aging-time [vlan vlan_id]
Syntax Description
vlan vlan_id |
(Optional) Specifies a VLAN; valid values are from 1 to 4094. |
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC mode
Command History
|
|
12.1(8a)EW |
Support for this command was introduced on the Catalyst 4500 series switch. |
12.1(12c)EW |
Support for extended addressing was added. |
Examples
This example shows how to display the currently configured aging time for all VLANs:
Switch#
show mac-address-table aging-time
This example shows how to display the currently configured aging time for a specific VLAN:
Switch#
show mac-address-table aging-time vlan 100
Related Commands
show mac-address-table count
To display the number of entries currently in the MAC address table, use the show mac-address-table count command.
show mac-address-table count [vlan vlan_id]
Syntax Description
vlan vlan_id |
(Optional) Specifies a VLAN; valid values are from 1 to 4094. |
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC mode
Command History
|
|
12.1(8a)EW |
Support for this command was introduced on the Catalyst 4500 series switch. |
12.1(12c)EW |
Added support for extended VLAN addresses. |
Examples
This example shows how to display the entry count for a specific VLAN:
Switch# show mac-address-table count vlan 1
Dynamic Unicast Address Count: 0
Static Unicast Address (User-defined) Count: 0
Static Unicast Address (System-defined) Count: 1
Total Unicast MAC Addresses In Use: 1
Total Unicast MAC Addresses Available: 32768
Multicast MAC Address Count: 1
Total Multicast MAC Addresses Available: 16384
Related Commands
show mac-address-table dynamic
To display the dynamic MAC address table entries only, use the show mac-address-table dynamic command.
show mac-address-table dynamic [address mac_addr | interface type slot/port |
protocol protocol | vlan vlan_id]
Syntax Description
address mac_addr |
(Optional) Specifies a 48-bit MAC address; the valid format is H.H.H. |
interface type slot/port |
(Optional) Specifies an interface to match; valid values for type are fastethernet, gigabitethernet, and tengigabitethernet. |
protocol protocol |
(Optional) Specifies a protocol. See the "Usage Guidelines" section for more information. |
vlan vlan_id |
(Optional) Displays entries for a specific VLAN; valid values are from 1 to 4094. |
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC mode
Command History
|
|
12.1(8a)EW |
Support for this command was introduced on the Catalyst 4500 series switch. |
12.1(12c)EW |
Added support for extended VLAN addresses. |
12.2(25)EW |
Added support for the 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface. |
Usage Guidelines
The keyword definitions for the protocol argument are as follows:
•assigned specifies assigned protocol entries.
•ip specifies IP protocol.
•ipx specifies IPX protocols.
•other specifies other protocol entries.
The show mac-address-table dynamic command output for an EtherChannel interface changes the port number designation (such as, 5/7) to a port group number (such as, Po80).
For the MAC address table entries that are used by the routed ports, the routed port name is displayed in the "vlan" column not the internal VLAN number.
Examples
This example shows how to display all the dynamic MAC address entries:
Switch# show mac-address-table dynamic
vlan mac address type protocols port
-------+---------------+--------+---------------------+--------------------
1 0000.0000.0201 dynamic ip FastEthernet6/15
1 0000.0000.0202 dynamic ip FastEthernet6/15
1 0000.0000.0203 dynamic ip,assigned FastEthernet6/15
1 0000.0000.0204 dynamic ip,assigned FastEthernet6/15
1 0000.0000.0205 dynamic ip,assigned FastEthernet6/15
2 0000.0000.0101 dynamic ip FastEthernet6/16
2 0000.0000.0102 dynamic ip FastEthernet6/16
2 0000.0000.0103 dynamic ip,assigned FastEthernet6/16
2 0000.0000.0104 dynamic ip,assigned FastEthernet6/16
2 0000.0000.0105 dynamic ip,assigned FastEthernet6/16
This example shows how to display the dynamic MAC address entries with a specific protocol type (in this case, assigned):
Switch# show mac-address-table dynamic protocol assigned
vlan mac address type protocols port
-------+---------------+--------+---------------------+--------------------
1 0000.0000.0203 dynamic ip,assigned FastEthernet6/15
1 0000.0000.0204 dynamic ip,assigned FastEthernet6/15
1 0000.0000.0205 dynamic ip,assigned FastEthernet6/15
2 0000.0000.0103 dynamic ip,assigned FastEthernet6/16
2 0000.0000.0104 dynamic ip,assigned FastEthernet6/16
2 0000.0000.0105 dynamic ip,assigned FastEthernet6/16
Related Commands
show mac-address-table interface
To display the MAC address table information for a specific interface, use the
show mac-address-table interface command.
show mac-address-table interface type slot/port
Syntax Description
type |
Interface type; valid values are ethernet, fastethernet, gigabitethernet, and tengigabitethernet. |
slot/port |
Number of the slot and port. |
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC mode
Command History
|
|
12.1(8a)EW |
Support for this command was introduced on the Catalyst 4500 series switch. |
12.2(25)EW |
Added support for the 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface. |
Usage Guidelines
For the MAC address table entries that are used by the routed ports, the routed port name is displayed in the "vlan" column not the internal VLAN number.
Examples
This example shows how to display MAC address table information for a specific interface:
Switch# show mac-address-table interface fastethernet6/16
vlan mac address type protocols port
-------+---------------+--------+---------------------+--------------------
2 0000.0000.0101 dynamic other FastEthernet6/16
2 0000.0000.0102 dynamic other FastEthernet6/16
2 0000.0000.0103 dynamic other FastEthernet6/16
2 0000.0000.0104 dynamic other FastEthernet6/16
2 0000.0000.0105 dynamic other FastEthernet6/16
2 0000.0000.0106 dynamic other FastEthernet6/16
vlan mac address type ports
-------+---------------+-------+-------------------------------------------
2 ffff.ffff.ffff system Fa6/16
Related Commands
show mac address-table learning
To display the status of MAC address learning for all VLANs or a specified VLAN, use the
show mac address-table learning user EXEC command.
show mac address-table learning [vlan vlan-id] [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description
vlan vlan-id |
(Optional) Displays information for a specific VLAN. The range is 1 to 4094. |
| begin |
(Optional) Displays the line that matches the expression. |
| exclude |
(Optional) Displays excluded lines that match the expression. |
| include |
(Optional) Displays included lines that match the specified expression. |
expression |
(Optional) Specifies the expression in the output as a reference point. |
Defaults
MAC address learning is enabled on all VLANs.
Command Modes
User EXEC
Command History
|
|
12.2(54)SG |
This command was modified to support the learning disable feature on the Catalyst 4500 series switch. |
Usage Guidelines
To display configured VLANs, and whether MAC address learning is enabled or disabled, use the
show mac address-table learning command without keywords. .
To display the learning status on an individual VLAN, use the command with a specific VLAN ID.
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output do not appear, but the lines that contain Output appear.
Examples
This example shows that MAC address learning is disabled on VLAN 200:
Switch> show mac address-table learning
Related Commands
show mac-address-table multicast
To display information about the multicast MAC address table, use the show mac-address-table multicast command.
show mac-address-table multicast [count | {igmp-snooping [count]} | {user [count]} |
{vlan vlan_num}]
Syntax Description
count |
(Optional) Displays the number of multicast entries. |
igmp-snooping |
(Optional) Displays only the addresses learned by IGMP snooping. |
user |
(Optional) Displays only the user-entered static addresses. |
vlan vlan_num |
(Optional) Displays information for a specific VLAN only; valid values are from 1 to 4094. |
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC mode
Command History
|
|
12.1(8a)EW |
Support for this command was introduced on the Catalyst 4500 series switch. |
12.1(12c)EW |
Added support for extended VLAN addresses. |
Usage Guidelines
For the MAC address table entries that are used by the routed ports, the routed port name is displayed in the "vlan" column not the the internal VLAN number.
Examples
This example shows how to display multicast MAC address table information for a specific VLAN:
Switch# show mac-address-table multicast vlan 1
vlan mac address type ports
-------+---------------+-------+-------------------------------------------
1 ffff.ffff.ffff system Switch,Fa6/15
This example shows how to display the number of multicast MAC entries for all VLANs:
Switch#
show mac-address-table multicast count
MAC Entries for all vlans:
Multicast MAC Address Count: 141
Total Multicast MAC Addresses Available: 16384
Related Commands
show mac-address-table notification
To display the MAC address table notification status and history, use the show mac-address-table notification command.
show mac-address-table notification [change] [interface [interface-id]] | [mac-move] | [threshold] | [learn-fail]
Syntax Description
change |
(Optional) Displays the MAC address change notification status. |
interface |
(Optional) Displays MAC change information for an interfaces. |
interface-id |
(Optional) Displays the information for a specific interface. Valid interfaces include physical ports and port channels. |
mac-move |
(Optional) Displays MAC move notification status. |
threshold |
(Optional) Displays the MAC threshold notification status. |
learn-fail |
(Optional) Displays general information of hardware MAC learning failure notifications. |
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC mode
Command History
|
|
12.2(31)SG |
Support for this command was introduced on the Catalyst 4500 series switch. |
12.2(52)SG |
Support for learn-fail keyword, Supervisor Engine 6-E, and Catalyst 4900M chassis added. |
Usage Guidelines
Use the show mac-address-table notification change command to display the MAC change notification interval, the maximum number of entries allowed in the history table, the history table contents, and whether the MAC change feature is enabled or disabled.
Use the interface keyword to display the flags for all interfaces. If the interface-id is included, only the flags for that interface are displayed.
Examples
This example shows how to display all the MAC address notification information:
Switch# show mac-address-table notification change
MAC Notification Feature is Enabled on the switch
Interval between Notification Traps : 1 secs
Number of MAC Addresses Added : 5
Number of MAC Addresses Removed : 1
Number of Notifications sent to NMS : 3
Maximum Number of entries configured in History Table : 500
Current History Table Length : 3
MAC Notification Traps are Enabled
History Index 1, Entry Timestamp 478433, Despatch Timestamp 478433
Operation: Added Vlan: 1 MAC Addr: 1234.5678.9ab0 Dot1dBasePort: 323
History Index 2, Entry Timestamp 481834, Despatch Timestamp 481834
Operation: Added Vlan: 1 MAC Addr: 1234.5678.9ab1 Dot1dBasePort: 323
Operation: Added Vlan: 1 MAC Addr: 1234.5678.9ab2 Dot1dBasePort: 323
Operation: Added Vlan: 1 MAC Addr: 1234.5678.9ab3 Dot1dBasePort: 323
Operation: Added Vlan: 1 MAC Addr: 1234.5678.9ab4 Dot1dBasePort: 323
History Index 3, Entry Timestamp 484334, Despatch Timestamp 484334
Operation: Deleted Vlan: 1 MAC Addr: 1234.5678.9ab0 Dot1dBasePort: 323
This example shows how to display the MAC address change status on the FastEthernet interface 7/1:
Switch# show mac-address-table notification change interface FastEthernet 7/1
MAC Notification Feature is Enabled on the switch
Interface MAC Added Trap MAC Removed Trap
--------- -------------- ----------------
FastEthernet7/1 Enabled Disabled
This example shows how to display the MAC address move status:
Switch# show mac-address-table notification mac-move
MAC Move Notification: Enabled
This example shows how to display the MAC address table utilization status:
Switch# show mac-address-table notification threshold
-------------+-----------+-------------
This example shows how to display general information of MAC learning failure notifications:
Switch# show mac address-table notification learn-fail
-------------+-----------+-------------
Related Commands
show mac-address-table protocol
To display the MAC address table information that is based on the protocol, use the show mac-address-table protocol command.
show mac-address-table protocol {assigned | ip | ipx | other}
Syntax Description
assigned |
Specifies the assigned protocol entries. |
ip |
Specifies the IP protocol entries. |
ipx |
Specifies the IPX protocol entries. |
other |
Specifies the other protocol entries. |
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC mode
Command History
|
|
12.1(8a)EW |
Support for this command was introduced on the Catalyst 4500 series switch. |
Usage Guidelines
For the MAC address table entries that are used by the routed ports, the routed port name is displayed in the "vlan" column not the the internal VLAN number.
Examples
This example shows how to display the MAC address table entries that have a specific protocol type (in this case, assigned):
Switch#
show mac-address-table protocol assigned
vlan mac address type protocol qos ports
-----+---------------+--------+---------+---+--------------------------------
200 0050.3e8d.6400 static assigned -- Switch
100 0050.3e8d.6400 static assigned -- Switch
5 0050.3e8d.6400 static assigned -- Switch
4092 0000.0000.0000 dynamic assigned -- Switch
1 0050.3e8d.6400 static assigned -- Switch
4 0050.3e8d.6400 static assigned -- Switch
4092 0050.f0ac.3058 static assigned -- Switch
4092 0050.f0ac.3059 dynamic assigned -- Switch
1 0010.7b3b.0978 dynamic assigned -- Fa5/9
This example shows the other output for the previous example:
Switch# show mac-address-table protocol other
vlan mac address type protocols port
-------+---------------+--------+---------------------+--------------------
1 0000.0000.0201 dynamic other FastEthernet6/15
1 0000.0000.0202 dynamic other FastEthernet6/15
1 0000.0000.0203 dynamic other FastEthernet6/15
1 0000.0000.0204 dynamic other FastEthernet6/15
1 0030.94fc.0dff static ip,ipx,assigned,other Switch
2 0000.0000.0101 dynamic other FastEthernet6/16
2 0000.0000.0102 dynamic other FastEthernet6/16
2 0000.0000.0103 dynamic other FastEthernet6/16
2 0000.0000.0104 dynamic other FastEthernet6/16
Fa6/1 0030.94fc.0dff static ip,ipx,assigned,other Switch
Fa6/2 0030.94fc.0dff static ip,ipx,assigned,other Switch
vlan mac address type ports
-------+---------------+-------+-------------------------------------------
1 ffff.ffff.ffff system Switch,Fa6/15
2 ffff.ffff.ffff system Fa6/16
1002 ffff.ffff.ffff system
1003 ffff.ffff.ffff system
1004 ffff.ffff.ffff system
1005 ffff.ffff.ffff system
Fa6/1 ffff.ffff.ffff system Switch,Fa6/1
Fa6/2 ffff.ffff.ffff system Switch,Fa6/2
Related Commands
show mac-address-table static
To display the static MAC address table entries only, use the show mac-address-table static command.
show mac-address-table static [address mac_addr | interface type number | protocol protocol | vlan vlan_id]
Syntax Description
address mac_addr |
(Optional) Specifies a 48-bit MAC address to match; the valid format is H.H.H. |
interface type number |
(Optional) Specifies an interface to match; valid values for type are fastethernet, gigabitethernet, and tengigabitethernet. |
protocol protocol |
(Optional) Specifies a protocol. See the "Usage Guidelines" section for more information. |
vlan vlan_id |
(Optional) Displays the entries for a specific VLAN; valid values are from 1 to 4094. |
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC mode
Command History
|
|
12.1(8a)EW |
Support for this command was introduced on the Catalyst 4500 series switch. |
12.1(12c)EW |
Added support for extended VLAN addresses. |
12.2(25)EW |
Added support for the 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface. |
Usage Guidelines
For the MAC address table entries that are used by the routed ports, the routed port name is displayed in the "vlan" column not the internal VLAN number.
The keyword definitions for the protocol argument are as follows:
•assigned specifies the assigned protocol entries.
•ip specifies the IP protocol.
•ipx specifies the IPX protocols.
•other specifies the other protocol entries.
Examples
This example shows how to display all the static MAC address entries:
Switch#
show mac-address-table static
vlan mac address type protocols port
-------+---------------+--------+---------------------+--------------------
1 0030.94fc.0dff static ip,ipx,assigned,other Switch
Fa6/1 0030.94fc.0dff static ip,ipx,assigned,other Switch
Fa6/2 0030.94fc.0dff static ip,ipx,assigned,other Switch
vlan mac address type ports
-------+---------------+-------+-------------------------------------------
1 ffff.ffff.ffff system Switch,Fa6/15
2 ffff.ffff.ffff system Fa6/16
1002 ffff.ffff.ffff system
1003 ffff.ffff.ffff system
1004 ffff.ffff.ffff system
1005 ffff.ffff.ffff system
Fa6/1 ffff.ffff.ffff system Switch,Fa6/1
Fa6/2 ffff.ffff.ffff system Switch,Fa6/2
This example shows how to display the static MAC address entries with a specific protocol type (in this case, assigned):
Switch# show mac-address-table static protocol assigned
vlan mac address type protocols port
-------+---------------+--------+---------------------+--------------------
1 0030.94fc.0dff static ip,ipx,assigned,other Switch
Fa6/1 0030.94fc.0dff static ip,ipx,assigned,other Switch
Fa6/2 0030.94fc.0dff static ip,ipx,assigned,other Switch
vlan mac address type ports
-------+---------------+-------+-------------------------------------------
1 ffff.ffff.ffff system Switch,Fa6/15
2 ffff.ffff.ffff system Fa6/16
1002 ffff.ffff.ffff system
1003 ffff.ffff.ffff system
1004 ffff.ffff.ffff system
1005 ffff.ffff.ffff system
Fa6/1 ffff.ffff.ffff system Switch,Fa6/1
Fa6/2 ffff.ffff.ffff system Switch,Fa6/2
Related Commands
show mac-address-table vlan
To display information about the MAC address table for a specific VLAN, use the show mac-address-table vlan command.
show mac-address-table [vlan vlan_id] [protocol protocol]
Syntax Description
vlan vlan_id |
(Optional) Displays the entries for a specific VLAN; valid values are from 1 to 4094. |
protocol protocol |
(Optional) Specifies a protocol. See the "Usage Guidelines" section for more information. |
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC mode
Command History
|
|
12.1(8a)EW |
Support for this command was introduced on the Catalyst 4500 series switch. |
12.1(12c)EW |
Support for extended addressing was added. |
Usage Guidelines
For the MAC address table entries used by the routed ports, the routed port name is displayed in the "vlan" column not the the internal VLAN number.
The keyword definitions for the protocol variable are as follows:
•assigned specifies the assigned protocol entries.
•ip specifies the IP protocol.
•ipx specifies the IPX protocols.
•other specifies the other protocol entries.
Examples
This example shows how to display information about the MAC address table for a specific VLAN:
Switch#
show mac-address-table vlan 1
vlan mac address type protocols port
-------+---------------+--------+---------------------+--------------------
1 0000.0000.0201 dynamic ip FastEthernet6/15
1 0000.0000.0202 dynamic ip FastEthernet6/15
1 0000.0000.0203 dynamic other FastEthernet6/15
1 0000.0000.0204 dynamic other FastEthernet6/15
1 0030.94fc.0dff static ip,ipx,assigned,other Switch
vlan mac address type ports
-------+---------------+-------+-------------------------------------------
1 ffff.ffff.ffff system Switch,Fa6/15
This example shows how to display MAC address table information for a specific protocol type:
Switch#
show mac-address-table vlan 100 protocol other
vlan mac address type protocols port
-------+---------------+--------+---------------------+--------------------
1 0000.0000.0203 dynamic other FastEthernet6/15
1 0000.0000.0204 dynamic other FastEthernet6/15
1 0030.94fc.0dff static ip,ipx,assigned,other Switch
vlan mac address type ports
-------+---------------+-------+-------------------------------------------
1 ffff.ffff.ffff system Switch,Fa6/15
Related Commands
show macro auto mac-address-group
Use the show macro auto mac-address-group command to display the configuration of MAC address group.
show macro auto mac-address-group
Syntax Description
Command History
|
|
12.2(54)SG |
This command was introduced on the Catalyst 4500 series switch. |
Examples
This example shows how to displaythe configuration of the MAC address group:
Switch# show macro auto address-group
MAC Address Group Configuration:
Group Name OUI MAC ADDRESS
--------------------------------------------------------------
show macro auto device
Use the show macro auto device global configuration command to display the default information for a device, including builtin function name and the parameters that can be provided for the commands when executing the builtin function.
show macro auto device device_id
Syntax Description
device_id |
Specifies the device ID. |
Defaults
None
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
|
|
12.2(54)SG |
This command was introduced on the Catalyst 4500 series switch. |
Usage Guidelines
This command displays the default values as well as the currently used values if configured.
Examples
This example shows how to display the default information for the device access-point:
Switch# show macro auto device access-point
Default Macro:CISCO_AP_AUTO_SMARTPORT
Current Macro:CISCO_AP_AUTO_SMARTPORT
Configurable Parameters:NATIVE_VLAN
Defaults Parameters:NATIVE_VLAN=1
Current Parameters:NATIVE_VLAN=1
Related Commands
|
|
show macro auto event manager |
Refer to the Command Reference in the IOS library |
show macro auto interface |
Display Auto SmartPorts status and the functions applied on an interface. |
show macro auto interface
Use the show macro auto interface command to display Auto SmartPorts status and the functions applied on an interface.
show macro auto interface interface_id
Syntax Description
interface_id |
Specifies an interface ID. |
Defaults
None
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
|
|
12.2(54)SG |
This command was introduced on the Catalyst 4500 series switch. |
Examples
This example shows how to display Auto SmartPorts status and the applied macros:
Switch# show macro auto int gi3/8
Global Auto Smart Port Status
Fallback : CDP Disabled, LLDP Disabled
Interface Auto Smart Port Fallback Macro Description(s)
--------------------------------------------------------------
Gi3/8 TRUE None CISCO_PHONE_EVENT
Related Commands
|
|
show macro auto device |
Displays the default information for a device, including builtin function name and the parameters that can be provided for the commands when executing the builtin function. |
show module
To display information about the module, use the show module command.
show module [mod | all]
Syntax Description
mod |
(Optional) Number of the module; valid values vary from chassis to chassis. |
all |
(Optional) Displays information for all modules. |
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC mode
Command History
|
|
12.1(8a)EW |
Support for this command was introduced on the Catalyst 4500 series switch. |
12.2(25)EW |
Enhanced the output of the show idprom interface command to include the 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface. |
Usage Guidelines
In the Mod Sub-Module fields in the command output, the show module command displays the supervisor engine number but appends the uplink daughter card's module type and information.
If the PoE consumed by the module is more than 50 W above the administratively allocated PoE, the "Status" displays as "PwrOver." If the PoE consumed by the module is more than 50 W above the PoE module limit, the "Status" displays as "PwrFault."
Examples
This example shows how to display information for all the modules.
This example shows the show module command output for a system with inadequate power for all installed modules. The system does not have enough power for Module 5; the "Status" displays it as "PwrDeny."
Mod Ports Card Type Model Serial No.
----+-----+--------------------------------------+-----------------+-----------
1 2 1000BaseX (GBIC) Supervisor(active) WS-X4014 JAB054109GH
2 6 1000BaseX (GBIC) WS-X4306 00000110
3 18 1000BaseX (GBIC) WS-X4418 JAB025104WK
5 0 Not enough power for module WS-X4148-FX-MT 00000000000
6 48 10/100BaseTX (RJ45) WS-X4148 JAB023402RP
M MAC addresses Hw Fw Sw Status
--+--------------------------------+---+------------+----------------+---------
1 005c.9d1a.f9d0 to 005c.9d1a.f9df 0.5 12.1(11br)EW 12.1(20020313:00 Ok
2 0010.7bab.9920 to 0010.7bab.9925 0.2 Ok
3 0050.7356.2b36 to 0050.7356.2b47 1.0 Ok
5 0001.64fe.a930 to 0001.64fe.a95f 0.0 PwrDeny
6 0050.0f10.28b0 to 0050.0f10.28df 1.0 Ok
This example shows how to display information for a specific module:
Mod Ports Card Type Model Serial No.
--- ----- -------------------------------------- ------------------ -----------
2 2 Catalyst 4000 supervisor 2 (Active) WS-X6K-SUP2-2GE SAD04450LF1
Mod MAC addresses Hw Fw Sw Status
--- ---------------------------------- ------ ------------ ------------ -------
2 0001.6461.39c0 to 0001.6461.39c1 1.1 6.1(3) 6.2(0.97) Ok
Mod Sub-Module Model Serial Hw Status
--- --------------------------- --------------- --------------- ------- -------
2 Policy Feature Card 2 WS-F6K-PFC2 SAD04440HVU 1.0 Ok
2 Cat4k MSFC 2 daughterboard WS-F6K-MSFC2 SAD04430J9K 1.1 Ok
This example shows how to display information for all the modules on the switch:
Power consumed by backplane : 0 Watts
Mod Ports Card Type Model Serial No.
---+-----+--------------------------------------+------------------+-----------
1 6 XG (X2), 1000BaseX (SFP) Supervisor(ac WS-X4517 ""
3 6 1000BaseX (GBIC) WS-X4306 00000110
M MAC addresses Hw Fw Sw Status
--+--------------------------------+---+------------+----------------+---------
1 0004.dd46.7700 to 0004.dd46.7705 0.0 12.2(20r)EW( 12.2(20040513:16 Ok
3 0010.7bab.9920 to 0010.7bab.9925 0.2 Ok
show monitor
To display information about the SPAN session, use the show monitor command.
show monitor [session] [range session-range | local | remote | all | session-number] [detail]
Syntax Description
session |
(Optional) Displays the SPAN information for a session. |
range |
(Optional) Displays information for a range of sessions. |
session-range |
(Optional) Specifies a range of sessions. |
local |
(Optional) Displays all local SPAN sessions. |
remote |
(Optional) Displays the RSPAN source and destination sessions. |
all |
(Optional) Displays the SPAN and RSPAN sessions. |
session-number |
(Optional) Session number; valid values are from1 to 6. |
detail |
(Optional) Displays the detailed SPAN information for a session. |
Defaults
The detail keyword only displays lines with a nondefault configuration.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC mode
Command History
|
|
12.1(8a)EW |
Support for this command was introduced on the Catalyst 4500 series switch. |
12.1(13)EW |
Added support for differing directions within a single user session. |
12.1(19)EW |
Output enhanced to display configuration status of SPAN enhancements. |
12.1(20)EW |
Added support to display configuration state for remote SPAN and learning. |
12.2(20)EW |
Added support to display ACLs that are applied to SPAN sessions. |
Examples
This example shows how to display whether ACLs are applied to a given SPAN session on a Catalyst 4500 series switch:
Destination Ports : Fa6/2
This example shows how to display SPAN information for session 2:
Switch# show monitor session 2
Type : Remote Source Session
Ingress : Enabled, default VLAN=2
This example shows how to display the detailed SPAN information for session 1:
Switch#
show monitor session 1 detail
Source RSPAN VLAN : Fa6/1
Destination Ports : Fa6/1
Ingress : Enabled, default VLAN = 2
Ingress : Enabled, default VLAN=2
This example shows how to display SPAN information for session 1 beginning with the line that starts with Destination:
Switch#
show monitor session 1 | begin Destination
Related Commands
show nmsp
To display the Network Mobility Services Protocol (NMSP) information for the switch, use the show nmsp command. This command is available only when your switch is running the cryptographic (encrypted) software image.
show nmsp {attachment suppress interface | capability | notification interval | statistics {connection | summary} | status | subscription {detail | summary}}
Syntax Description
attachment suppress interface |
Displays attachment suppress interfaces. |
capability |
Displays switch capabilities including the supported services and subservices. |
notification interval |
Displays the notification intervals of the supported services. |
statistics connection | summary |
Displays the NMSP statistics information. •connection—Displays the message counters on each connection. •summary—Displays the global counters. |
status |
Displays information about the NMSP connections. |
subscription detail | summary |
Displays the subscription information on each NMSP connection. •detail—Displays all services and subservices subscribed on each connection. •summary—Displays all services subscribed on each connection. |
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC mode
Command History
|
|
12.2(52)SG |
Support for this command was introduced on the Catalyst 4500 series switch. |
Examples
This is an example of output from the show nmsp attachment suppress interface command:
Switch# show nmsp attachment suppress interface
NMSP Attachment Suppression Interfaces
--------------------------------------
This is an example of output from the show nmsp capability command:
Switch# show nmsp capability
----------- --------------
This is an example of output from the show nmsp notification interval command:
Switch# show nmsp notification interval
NMSP Notification Intervals
----------------------------------
Attachment notify interval: 30 sec (default)
Location notify interval: 30 sec (default)
This is an example of output from the show nmsp statistics connection and show nmsp statistics summary commands:
Switch# show nmsp statistics connection
----------------------------------
Tx message count Rx message count
----------------------- -----------------------
Subscr Resp: 1 Subscr Req: 1
Capa Notif: 1 Capa Notif: 1
Switch# show nmsp statistics summary
Socket write would block: 0
Socket read would block: 0
Max Location Nofity Msg: 0
Max Attachement Notify Msg: 0
This is an example of output from the show nmsp status command:
MSE IP Address TxEchoResp RxEchoReq TxData RxData
-------------- ---------- --------- ------ ------
This is an example of output from the show nmsp show subscription detail and show nmsp show subscription summary commands:
Switch# show nmsp subscription detail
Mobility Services Subscribed by 172.19.35.109:
------------ -------------------
Attachment: Wired Station
Switch# show nmsp subscription summary
Mobility Services Subscribed:
172.19.35.109 Attachment, Location
Related Commands
|
|
clear nmsp statistics |
Clears the NMSP statistic counters. |
nmsp |
Configures Network Mobility Services Protocol (NMSP) on the switch. |
show pagp
To display information about the port channel, use the show pagp command.
show pagp [group-number] {counters | dual-active | internal | neighbor}
Syntax Description
group-number |
(Optional) Channel-group number; valid values are from 1 to 64. |
counters |
Specifies the traffic counter information. |
dual-active |
Specifies the dual-active information. |
internal |
Specifies the PAgP internal information. |
neighbor |
Specifies the PAgP neighbor information. |
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC mode
Command History
|
|
12.1(8a)EW |
Support for this command was introduced on the Catalyst 4500 series switch. |
Usage Guidelines
You can enter any show pagp command to display the active PAgP port-channel information. To display the nonactive information, enter the show pagp command with a group.
Examples
This example shows how to display information about the PAgP counter:
Switch#
show pagp counters
--------------------------------------
This example shows how to display PAgP dual-active information:
Switch# show pagp dual-active
PAgP dual-active detection enabled: Yes
PAgP dual-active version: 1.1
Channel group 30
Dual-Active Partner Partner Partner
Port Detect Capable Name Port Version
Te3/1 Yes VS1-Reg2 Te1/1/7 1.1
Te4/1 Yes VS1-Reg2 Te2/2/8 1.1
Channel group 32
Dual-Active Partner Partner Partner
Port Detect Capable Name Port Version
Gi1/43 Yes VS3 Gi1/1/43 1.1
Gi1/44 Yes VS3 Gi1/1/44 1.1
Gi1/45 Yes VS3 Gi1/1/45 1.1
Gi1/46 Yes VS3 Gi2/1/46 1.1
Gi1/47 Yes VS3 Gi2/1/47 1.1
Gi1/48 Yes VS3 Gi2/1/48 1.1
Gi2/3 Yes VS3 Gi1/1/1 1.1
Gi2/4 Yes VS3 Gi2/1/1 1.1
Switch#
This example shows how to display internal PAgP information:
Switch# show pagp 1 internal
Flags: S - Device is sending Slow hello. C - Device is in Consistent state.
A - Device is in Auto mode.
Timers: H - Hello timer is running. Q - Quit timer is running.
S - Switching timer is running. I - Interface timer is running.
Hello Partner PAgP Learning
Port Flags State Timers Interval Count Priority Method IfIndx
Fa5/4 SC U6/S7 30s 1 128 Any 129
Fa5/5 SC U6/S7 30s 1 128 Any 129
This example shows how to display PAgP neighbor information for all neighbors:
Switch# show pagp neighbor
Flags: S - Device is sending Slow hello. C - Device is in Consistent state.
A - Device is in Auto mode. P - Device learns on physical port.
Channel group 1 neighbors
Partner Partner Partner Partner Group
Port Name Device ID Port Age Flags Cap.
Fa5/4 JAB031301 0050.0f10.230c 2/45 2s SAC 2D
Fa5/5 JAB031301 0050.0f10.230c 2/46 27s SAC 2D
Channel group 2 neighbors
Partner Partner Partner Partner Group
Port Name Device ID Port Age Flags Cap.
Fa5/6 JAB031301 0050.0f10.230c 2/47 10s SAC 2F
Fa5/7 JAB031301 0050.0f10.230c 2/48 11s SAC 2F
Related Commands
show policy-map
To display information about the policy map, use the show policy-map command.
show policy-map [policy_map_name]
Syntax Description
policy_map_name |
(Optional) Name of the policy map. |
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC mode
Command History
|
|
12.1(8a)EW |
Support for this command was introduced on the Catalyst 4500 series switch. |
Examples
This example shows how to display information for all the policy maps:
This example shows how to display information for a specific policy map:
Switch# show policy ipp5-policy
Related Commands
|
|
class-map |
Creates a class map to be used for matching packets to the class whose name you specify and to enter class-map configuration mode |
policy-map |
Creates a policy map that can be attached to multiple ports to specify a service policy and to enter policy-map configuration mode |
show class-map |
Displays class map information. |
show policy-map interface |
Displays the statistics and configurations of the input and output policies that are attached to an interface. |
show policy-map control-plane
To display the configuration either of a class or of all classes for the policy map of a control plane, use the show policy-map control-plane command.
show policy-map control-plane [input [class class-name] | [class class-name]]
Syntax Description
input |
(Optional) Displays statistics for the attached input policy. |
class class-name |
(Optional) Displays the name of the class. |
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC mode
Command History
|
|
12.2(31)SG |
Support for this command was introduced on the Catalyst 4500 series switch. |
Usage Guidelines
This command is not supported on the Supervisor Engine 6-E and Catalyst 4900M chassis.
The show policy-map control-plane command displays information for aggregate control-plane services that control the number or rate of packets that are going to the process level.
Examples
This example shows that the policy map TEST is associated with the control plane. This policy map polices traffic that matches the class-map TEST, while allowing all other traffic (that matches the class-map class-default) to go through as is. Table 2-28 describes the fields shown in the display.
Switch# show policy-map control-plane
Service-policy input: system-cpp-policy
Class-map: system-cpp-eapol (match-all)
Match: access-group name system-cpp-eapol
Class-map: system-cpp-bpdu-range (match-all)
Match: access-group name system-cpp-bpdu-range
Class-map: system-cpp-cdp (match-all)
Match: access-group name system-cpp-cdp
Conform: 530 bytes Exceed: 0 bytes
Class-map: system-cpp-garp (match-all)
Match: access-group name system-cpp-garp
Class-map: system-cpp-sstp (match-all)
Match: access-group name system-cpp-sstp
Class-map: system-cpp-cgmp (match-all)
Match: access-group name system-cpp-cgmp
Class-map: system-cpp-ospf (match-all)
Match: access-group name system-cpp-ospf
Class-map: system-cpp-igmp (match-all)
Match: access-group name system-cpp-igmp
Class-map: system-cpp-pim (match-all)
Match: access-group name system-cpp-pim
Class-map: system-cpp-all-systems-on-subnet (match-all)
Match: access-group name system-cpp-all-systems-on-subnet
Class-map: system-cpp-all-routers-on-subnet (match-all)
Match: access-group name system-cpp-all-routers-on-subnet
Class-map: system-cpp-ripv2 (match-all)
Match: access-group name system-cpp-ripv2
Class-map: system-cpp-ip-mcast-linklocal (match-all)
Match: access-group name system-cpp-ip-mcast-linklocal
Class-map: system-cpp-dhcp-cs (match-all)
Match: access-group name system-cpp-dhcp-cs
Class-map: system-cpp-dhcp-sc (match-all)
Match: access-group name system-cpp-dhcp-sc
Class-map: system-cpp-dhcp-ss (match-all)
Match: access-group name system-cpp-dhcp-ss
Class-map: class-default (match-any)
Table 2-28 show policy-map control-plane Field Descriptions
|
|
Fields Associated with Classes or Service Policies |
Service-policy input |
Name of the input service policy that is applied to the control plane. (If configured, this field will also show the output service policy.) |
Class-map |
Class of traffic being displayed. Traffic is displayed for each configured class. The choice for implementing class matches (for example, match-all or match-any) can also appear next to the traffic class. |
Match |
Match criteria for the specified class of traffic. Note For more information about the variety of match criteria options available, refer to the chapter "Configuring the Modular Quality of Service Command-Line Interface" in the Cisco IOS Quality of Service Solutions Configuration Guide. |
Fields Associated with Traffic Policing |
police |
police command has been configured to enable traffic policing. |
conformed |
Action to be taken on packets conforming to a specified rate; displays the number of packets and bytes on which the action was taken. |
exceeded |
Action to be taken on packets exceeding a specified rate; displays the number of packets and bytes on which the action was taken. |
Related Commands
show policy-map interface
To display the statistics and configurations of the input and output policies that are attached to an interface, use the show policy-map interface command.
show policy-map interface [{fastethernet interface-number} | {gigabitethernet interface-number} | {port-channel number} | {vlan vlan_id}] [input | output]
Syntax Description
fastethernet interface-number |
(Optional) Specifies the Fast Ethernet 802.3 interface. |
gigabitethernet interface-number |
(Optional) Specifies the Gigabit Ethernet 802.3z interface. |
port-channel number |
(Optional) Specifies the port channel. |
vlan vlan_id |
(Optional) Specifies the VLAN ID; valid values are from 1 to 4094. |
input |
(Optional) Specifies input policies only. |
output |
(Optional) Specifies output policies only. |
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC mode
Command History
|
|
12.1(8a)EW |
Support for this command was introduced on the Catalyst 4500 series switch. |
12.1(12c)EW |
Added support for extended VLAN addresses. |
12.2(25)SG |
Displays results for full flow policing. |
Examples
This example shows how to display the statistics and configurations of all input and output policies attached to an interface:
Switch# show policy-map interface
service-policy input:ipp5-policy
class-map:ipp5 (match-all)
class-map:class-default (match-any)
service-policy output:ipp5-policy
class-map:ipp5 (match-all)
class-map:class-default (match-any)
This example shows how to display the input policy statistics and configurations for a specific interface:
Switch# show policy-map interface fastethernet 5/36 input
service-policy input:ipp5-policy
class-map:ipp5 (match-all)
class-map:class-default (match-any)
With the following configuration, each flow is policed to a 1000000 bps with an allowed 9000-byte burst value.
Note If you use the match flow ip source-address|destination-address command, these two flows are consolidated into one flow and they have the same source and destination address.
Enter configuration commands, one per line. End with CNTL/Z.
Switch(config)# class-map c1
Switch(config-cmap)# match flow ip source-address ip destination-address ip protocol l4
source-port l4 destination-port
Switch(config-cmap)# exit
Switch(config)# policy-map p1
Switch(config-pmap)# class c1
Switch(config-pmap-c)# police 1000000 9000
Switch(config-pmap-c)# exit
Switch(config-pmap)# exit
Switch(config)# interface fastEthernet 6/1
Switch(config-if)# service-policy input p1
Switch# show policy-map interface
match flow ip source-address ip destination-address ip protocol l4 source-port l4
destination-port
police 1000000 bps 9000 byte conform-action transmit exceed-action drop
interface FastEthernet 6/1
Switch# show policy-map p1
police 1000000 bps 9000 byte conform-action transmit exceed-action drop
Switch# show policy-map interface
Class-map: c1 (match-all)
Match: flow ip source-address ip destination-address ip protocol l4 source-port l4
destination-port
Conform: 64995654 bytes Exceed: 2376965424 bytes
Class-map: class-default (match-any)
Related Commands
|
|
class-map |
Creates a class map to be used for matching packets to the class whose name you specify and to be used enter class-map configuration mode. |
policy-map |
Creates a policy map that can be attached to multiple ports to specify a service policy and to enter policy-map configuration mode. |
show class-map |
Displays class map information. |
show qos |
Displays QoS information. |
show policy-map interface vlan
To show the QoS policy-map information applied to a specific VLAN on an interface, use the
show policy-map interface vlan command.
show policy-map interface vlan interface-id vlan vlan-id
Syntax Description
interface interface-id |
(Optional) Displays QoS policy-map information for a specific interface. |
vlan vlan-id |
(Optional) Displays QoS policy-map information for a specific VLAN. |
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC mode
Command History
|
|
12.1(13)EW |
Support for this command was introduced on the Catalyst 4500 series switch. |
Examples
The following example show a configuration on a non-Supervisor Engine 6-E:
interface GigabitEthernet3/1
This example shows how to display policy-map statistics on VLAN 20 on the Gigabit Ethernet 6/1 interface:
Switch# show policy-map interface gigabitEthernet 3/1 vlan 20
GigabitEthernet3/1 vlan 20
Class-map: class-default (match-any)
Conform: 0 bytes Exceed: 0 bytes
The following example shows a configuration on a non-Supervisor Engine 6-E:
interface fastethernet6/1
This example shows how to display policy-map statistics on VLAN 100 on the FastEthernet interface:
Switch# show policy-map interface fastEthernet 6/1 vlan 100
Class-map: c1 (match-all)
Conform: 0 bytes Exceed: 0 bytes
Class-map: class-default (match-any)
The following example shows a configuration on a Supervisor Engine 6-E:
interface gigabitethernet3/1
This example shows how to display policy-map statistics on VLAN 100 on the FastEthernet interface:
Switch# show policy-map interface gigabitethernet 3/1 vlan 100
GigabitEthernet3/1 vlan 100
Class-map: c1 (match-all)
rate 128000 bps, burst 4000 bytes
conformed 0 packets, 0 bytes; action:
exceeded 0 packets, 0 bytes; action:
conformed 0 bps, exceeded 0 bps
Class-map: class-default (match-any)
Related Commands
show port-security
To display the port security settings for an interface or for the switch, use the show port-security command.
show port-security [address] [interface interface-id]
[interface port-channel port-channel-number] [vlan vlan-id]
Syntax Description
address |
(Optional) Displays all secure MAC addresses for all ports or for a specific port. |
interface interface-id |
(Optional) Displays port security settings for a specific interface. |
interface port-channel port channel-number |
(Optional) Displays port security for a specific port-channel interface. |
vlan vlan-id |
(Optional) Displays port security settings for a specific VLAN. |
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC mode
Command History
|
|
12.1(13)EW |
Support for this command was introduced on the Catalyst 4500 series switch. |
12.2(18)EW |
Support was enhanced to display sticky MAC addresses. |
12.2(25)EWA |
Support was enhanced to display settings on a per-VLAN basis. |
12.2(31)SGA |
Support was enhanced to display settings on EtherChannel interfaces. |
Usage Guidelines
If you enter the command without keywords, the output includes the administrative and operational status of all secure ports on the switch.
If you enter the interface-id value or port-channel-interface value, the show port-security command displays port security settings for the interface.
If you enter the address keyword, the show port-security address command displays the secure MAC addresses for all interfaces and the aging information for each secure address.
If you enter the interface-id value and the address keyword, the show port-security address interface command displays all the MAC addresses for the interface with aging information for each secure address. You can also use this command to display all the MAC addresses for an interface even if you have not enabled port security on it.
Sticky MAC addresses are addresses that persist across switch reboots and link flaps.
Examples
This example shows how to display port security settings for the entire switch:
Switch# show port-security
Secure Port MaxSecureAddr CurrentAddr SecurityViolation Security Action
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Addresses in System (excluding one mac per port) :8
Max Addresses limit in System (excluding one mac per port) :3072
Global SNMP trap control for port-security :20 (traps per second)
This example shows how to display port security settings for interface Fast Ethernet port 1:
Switch# show port-security interface fastethernet 5/1
Violation Mode : Shutdown
SecureStatic Address Aging : Disabled
Maximum MAC Addresses : 1
Configured MAC Addresses : 0
Last Source Address : 0000.0001.001a
Security Violation Count : 0
This example shows how to display all secure MAC addresses configured on all switch interfaces:
Switch# show port-security address
-------------------------------------------------------------------
Vlan Mac Address Type Ports Remaining Age
---- ----------- ---- ----- -------------
1 0000.0001.0000 SecureConfigured Fa3/1 15 (I)
1 0000.0001.0001 SecureConfigured Fa3/1 14 (I)
1 0000.0001.0100 SecureConfigured Fa3/2 -
1 0000.0001.0101 SecureConfigured Fa3/2 -
1 0000.0001.0200 SecureConfigured Fa3/3 -
1 0000.0001.0201 SecureConfigured Fa3/3 -
1 0000.0001.0300 SecureConfigured Fa3/4 -
1 0000.0001.0301 SecureConfigured Fa3/4 -
1 0000.0001.1000 SecureDynamic Fa3/5 -
1 0000.0001.1001 SecureDynamic Fa3/5 -
1 0000.0001.1100 SecureDynamic Fa3/6 -
1 0000.0001.1101 SecureDynamic Fa3/6 -
1 0000.0001.1200 SecureSticky Fa3/7 -
1 0000.0001.1201 SecureSticky Fa3/7 -
1 0000.0001.1300 SecureSticky Fa3/8 -
1 0000.0001.1301 SecureSticky Fa3/8 -
1 0000.0001.2000 SecureSticky Po2 -
-------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Addresses in System (excluding one mac per port) :8
Max Addresses limit in System (excluding one mac per port) :3072
This example shows how to display the maximum allowed number of secure MAC addresses and the current number of secure MAC addresses on interface Gigabitethernet1/1:
Switch# show port-security interface gigabitethernet1/1 vlan
This example shows how to display the port security settings on interface Gigabitethernet1/1 for VLANs 2 and 3:
Switch# show port-security interface gigabitethernet1/1 vlan 2-3
This example shows how to display all secure MAC addresses configured on interface Gigabitethernet1/1 with aging information for each address.
Switch# show port-security interface gigabitethernet1/1 address
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Vlan Mac Address Type Ports Remaining Age(mins)
---- ----------- ---- ----- -------------
2 0001.0001.0001 SecureConfigured Gi1/1 -
2 0001.0001.0002 SecureSticky Gi1/1 -
3 0001.0001.0001 SecureConfigured Gi1/1 -
3 0001.0001.0002 SecureSticky Gi1/1 -
3 0001.0001.0003 SecureSticky Gi1/1 -
4 0001.0001.0001 SecureConfigured Gi1/1 -
4 0001.0001.0003 SecureSticky Gi1/1 -
6 0001.0001.0001 SecureConfigured Gi1/1 -
6 0001.0001.0002 SecureConfigured Gi1/1 -
------------------------------------------------------------------------
This example shows how to display all secure MAC addresses configured on VLANs 2 and 3 on interface Gigabitethernet1/1 with aging information for each address:
Switch# show port-security interface gigabitethernet1/1 address vlan 2-3
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Vlan Mac Address Type Ports Remaining Age(mins)
---- ----------- ---- ----- -------------
2 0001.0001.0001 SecureConfigured Gi1/1 -
2 0001.0001.0002 SecureSticky Gi1/1 -
2 0001.0001.0003 SecureSticky Gi1/1 -
3 0001.0001.0001 SecureConfigured Gi1/1 -
3 0001.0001.0002 SecureSticky Gi1/1 -
3 0001.0001.0003 SecureSticky Gi1/1 -
------------------------------------------------------------------------
This example shows how to display the maximum allowed number of secure MAC addresses and the current number of secure MAC addressees on Fast Ethernet port 1:
Switch# show port-security interface fastethernet5/1 vlan
This example shows how to display the port security settings on Fast Ethernet port 1 for VLANs 2 and 3:
Switch# show port-security interface fastethernet5/1 vlan 2-3
This example shows how to display all secure MAC addresses configured on Fast Ethernet port 1 with aging information for each address.
Switch# show port-security interface fastethernet5/1 address
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Vlan Mac Address Type Ports Remaining Age(mins)
---- ----------- ---- ----- -------------
2 0001.0001.0001 SecureConfigured Gi1/1 -
2 0001.0001.0002 SecureSticky Gi1/1 -
2 0001.0001.0003 SecureSticky Gi1/1 -
3 0001.0001.0001 SecureConfigured Gi1/1 -
3 0001.0001.0002 SecureSticky Gi1/1 -
3 0001.0001.0003 SecureSticky Gi1/1 -
4 0001.0001.0001 SecureConfigured Gi1/1 -
4 0001.0001.0002 SecureSticky Gi1/1 -
4 0001.0001.0003 SecureSticky Gi1/1 -
5 0001.0001.0001 SecureConfigured Gi1/1 -
6 0001.0001.0001 SecureConfigured Gi1/1 -
6 0001.0001.0002 SecureConfigured Gi1/1 -
------------------------------------------------------------------------
This example shows how to display all secure MAC addresses configured on VLANs 2 and 3 on
Fast Ethernet port 1 with aging information for each address:
Switch# show port-security interface fastethernet5/1 address vlan 2-3
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Vlan Mac Address Type Ports Remaining Age(mins)
---- ----------- ---- ----- -------------
2 0001.0001.0001 SecureConfigured Gi1/1 -
2 0001.0001.0002 SecureSticky Gi1/1 -
2 0001.0001.0003 SecureSticky Gi1/1 -
3 0001.0001.0001 SecureConfigured Gi1/1 -
3 0001.0001.0002 SecureSticky Gi1/1 -
3 0001.0001.0003 SecureSticky Gi1/1 -
------------------------------------------------------------------------
This example shows how to display all secure MAC addresses configured on all switch interfaces:
Switch# show port-security address
-------------------------------------------------------------------
Vlan Mac Address Type Ports Remaining Age
---- ----------- ---- ----- -------------
1 0000.0001.0000 SecureConfigured Fa3/1 15 (I)
1 0000.0001.0001 SecureConfigured Fa3/1 14 (I)
1 0000.0001.0100 SecureConfigured Fa3/2 -
1 0000.0001.0101 SecureConfigured Fa3/2 -
1 0000.0001.0200 SecureConfigured Fa3/3 -
1 0000.0001.0201 SecureConfigured Fa3/3 -
1 0000.0001.0300 SecureConfigured Fa3/4 -
1 0000.0001.0301 SecureConfigured Fa3/4 -
1 0000.0001.1000 SecureDynamic Fa3/5 -
1 0000.0001.1001 SecureDynamic Fa3/5 -
1 0000.0001.1100 SecureDynamic Fa3/6 -
1 0000.0001.1101 SecureDynamic Fa3/6 -
1 0000.0001.1200 SecureSticky Fa3/7 -
1 0000.0001.1201 SecureSticky Fa3/7 -
1 0000.0001.1300 SecureSticky Fa3/8 -
1 0000.0001.1301 SecureSticky Fa3/8 -
-------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Addresses in System (excluding one mac per port) :8
Max Addresses limit in System (excluding one mac per port) :3072
This example shows how to display the maximum allowed number of secure MAC addresses and the current number of secure MAC addresses on interface Gigabitethernet1/1:
Switch# show port-security interface gigabitethernet1/1 vlan
This example shows how to display the port security settings on interface Gigabitethernet1/1 for VLANs 2 and 3:
Switch# show port-security interface gigabitethernet1/1 vlan 2-3
This example shows how to display all secure MAC addresses configured on interface Gigabitethernet1/1 with aging information for each address.
Switch# show port-security interface gigabitethernet1/1 address
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Vlan Mac Address Type Ports Remaining Age(mins)
---- ----------- ---- ----- -------------
2 0001.0001.0001 SecureConfigured Gi1/1 -
2 0001.0001.0002 SecureSticky Gi1/1 -
3 0001.0001.0001 SecureConfigured Gi1/1 -
3 0001.0001.0002 SecureSticky Gi1/1 -
3 0001.0001.0003 SecureSticky Gi1/1 -
4 0001.0001.0001 SecureConfigured Gi1/1 -
4 0001.0001.0003 SecureSticky Gi1/1 -
6 0001.0001.0001 SecureConfigured Gi1/1 -
6 0001.0001.0002 SecureConfigured Gi1/1 -
------------------------------------------------------------------------
This example shows how to display all secure MAC addresses configured on VLANs 2 and 3 on interface Gigabitethernet1/1 with aging information for each address:
Switch# show port-security interface gigabitethernet1/1 address vlan 2-3
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Vlan Mac Address Type Ports Remaining Age(mins)
---- ----------- ---- ----- -------------
2 0001.0001.0001 SecureConfigured Gi1/1 -
2 0001.0001.0002 SecureSticky Gi1/1 -
2 0001.0001.0003 SecureSticky Gi1/1 -
3 0001.0001.0001 SecureConfigured Gi1/1 -
3 0001.0001.0002 SecureSticky Gi1/1 -
3 0001.0001.0003 SecureSticky Gi1/1 -
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Related Commands
show power
To display information about the power status, use the show power command.
show power [available | capabilities | detail | inline {[interface] detail | consumption default | module mod detail}} | module | status | supplies]
Syntax Description
available |
(Optional) Displays the available system power. |
capabilities |
(Optional) Displays the individual power supply capabilities. |
detail |
(Optional) Displays detailed information on power resources. |
inline |
(Optional) Displays the PoE status. |
interface detail |
(Optional) Detailed information on the PoE status for the interface |
consumption default |
(Optional) Displays the PoE consumption. |
module mod default |
(Optional) Displays the PoE consumption for the specified module. |
status |
(Optional) Displays the power supply status. |
supplies |
(Optional) Displays the number of power supplies needed by the system. |
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC mode
Command History
|
|
12.1(8a)EW |
Support for this command was introduced on the Catalyst 4500 series switch. |
12.2(25)SG |
Displays inline power handling for the Supervisor Engine II-Plus-TS. |
12.2(52)SG |
Support to display detailed PoE consumption information on an interface/module. |
Usage Guidelines
If a powered device is connected to an interface with external power, the switch does not recognize the powered device. The Device column in the output of the show power inline command displays as unknown.
If your port is not capable of supporting PoE, you will receive this message:
Power over Ethernet not supported on interface Admin
The show power inline interface | module command displays the amount of power that is used to operate a Cisco IP Phone. To view the amount of power requested, use the show cdp neighbors command.
Because FPGAs and other hardware components on the WS-X4548-RJ45V+ and WS-X4648-RJ45V+E modules consume PoE, the operating PoE consumption for an 802.3af-compliant module can be nonzero when there are no powered devices attached to the module. The operating PoE can vary by as much as 20 W because of fluctuations in the PoE that is consumed by the hardware components.
Examples
This example shows how to display information about the general power supply:
Supply Model No Type Status Sensor Status
------ ---------------- --------- ----------- ------ ------
PS1 PWR-C45-2800AC AC 2800W good good good
PS2 PWR-C45-1000AC AC 1000W err-disable good n.a.
*** Power Supplies of different type have been detected***
Power supplies needed by system :1
Power supplies currently available :1
(in Watts) Used Available
---------------------- ---- ---------
System Power (12V) 328 1360
Inline Power (-50V) 0 1400
Backplane Power (3.3V) 10 40
---------------------- ----
Total Used 338 (not to exceed Total Maximum Available = 750)
This example shows how to display the amount of available system power:
Switch#
show power available
(in Watts) Available Used Remaining
------------- --------- ------ ---------
System Power 1360 280 1080
Maximum Power 2800 280 2520
Note The "Inline Power Oper" column displays the PoE consumed by the powered devices attached to the module in addition to the PoE consumed by the FPGAs and other hardware components on the module. The "Inline Power Admin" column displays only the PoE allocated by the powered devices attached to the module.
This example shows how to display the power status information:
Switch# show power status
Supply Model No Type Status Sensor Status
------ ---------------- --------- ----------- ------ ------
PS1 PWR-C45-2800AC AC 2800W good good good
PS2 PWR-C45-2800AC AC 2800W good good good
Power Supply Max Min Max Min Absolute
(Nos in Watts) Inline Inline System System Maximum
-------------- ------ ------ ------ ------ --------
PS1 1400 1400 1360 1360 2800
PS2 1400 1400 1360 1360 2800
This example shows how to verify the PoE consumption for the switch:
Switch# show power inline consumption default
Default PD consumption : 5000 mW
This example shows how to display the status of inline power:
Switch# show power inline
Available:677(w) Used:117(w) Remaining:560(w)
Interface Admin Oper Power(Watts) Device Class
--------- ------ ---------- ---------- ---------- ------------------- -----
Fa3/1 auto on 17.3 15.4 Ieee PD 0
Fa3/2 auto on 4.5 4.0 Ieee PD 1
Fa3/3 auto on 7.1 6.3 Cisco IP Phone 7960 0
Fa3/4 auto on 7.1 6.3 Cisco IP Phone 7960 n/a
Fa3/5 auto on 17.3 15.4 Ieee PD 0
Fa3/6 auto on 17.3 15.4 Ieee PD 0
Fa3/7 auto on 4.5 4.0 Ieee PD 1
Fa3/8 auto on 7.9 7.0 Ieee PD 2
Fa3/9 auto on 17.3 15.4 Ieee PD 3
Fa3/10 auto on 17.3 15.4 Ieee PD 4
Fa3/11 auto off 0 0 n/a n/a
Fa3/12 auto off 0 0 n/a n/a
Fa3/13 auto off 0 0 n/a n/a
Fa3/14 auto off 0 0 n/a n/a
Fa3/15 auto off 0 0 n/a n/a
Fa3/16 auto off 0 0 n/a n/a
Fa3/17 auto off 0 0 n/a n/a
Fa3/18 auto off 0 0 n/a n/a
--------- ------ ---------- ---------- ---------- ------------------- -----
Totals: 10 on 117.5 104.6
This example shows how to display the number of power supplies needed by the system:
Switch#
show power supplies
Power supplies needed by system = 2
This example shows how to display the PoE status for Fast Ethernet interface 3/1:
Switch# show power inline fastethernet3/1
Available:677(w) Used:11(w) Remaining:666(w)
Interface Admin Oper Power(Watts) Device Class
--------- ------ ---------- ---------- ---------- ------------------- -----
Fa3/1 auto on 11.2 10.0 Ieee PD 0
Interface AdminPowerMax AdminConsumption
---------- --------------- --------------------
Note When the Supervisor Engine II+TS is used with the 1400 W DC power supply (PWR-C45-1400DC), and only one 12.5 A input of the DC power supply is used, the supervisor engine's power consumption may vary depending on whether there is any linecard inserted at slot 2 and 3, as well as on the type of linecards inserted. This amount varies between 155 W and 330 W. This variability also affects the maximum amount of available supervisor engine inline power, which can also vary from 0 W to 175 W. Therefore, it is possible for a supervisor engine to deny inline power to some connected inline power devices when one or more linecards are inserted into the chassis.
The output of the commands show power detail and show power module display the supervisor engine's variable power consumption and its inline power summary:
Switch# show power detail
Supply Model No Type Status Sensor Status
------ ---------------- --------- ----------- ------- -------
PS1 PWR-C45-1400DC DCSP1400W good good n.a.
Power supplies needed by system : 1
Power supplies currently available : 1
(in Watts) Used Available
---------------------- ---- ---------
System Power (12V) 360 360
Backplane Power (3.3V) 0 40
---------------------- ---- ---------
Module Inline Power Summary (Watts)
(12V -> -48V on board conversion)
---------------------------------
Watts Used of System Power (12V)
Mod Model currently out of reset in reset
---- ----------------- --------- ------------ --------
1 WS-X4013+TS 180 180 180
3 WS-X4424-GB-RJ45 90 90 50
----------------------- --------- ------------ -------
Watts used of Chassis Inline Power (-50V)
Inline Power Admin Inline Power Oper
Mod Model PS Device PS Device Efficiency
---- ----------------- ---------------- ---------------- ----------
2 WS-X4506-GB-T 0 0 0 0 89
3 WS-X4424-GB-RJ45 - - - - -
----------------------- ---------------- ---------------- ----------
Watts used of Module Inline Power (12V -> -50V)
Inline Power Admin Inline Power Oper
Mod Model PS Device PS Device Efficiency
---- ----------------- ---------------- ---------------- ----------
----------------------- ---------------- ---------------- ----------
Switch# show power module
Watts Used of System Power (12V)
Mod Model currently out of reset in reset
---- ----------------- --------- ------------ --------
1 WS-X4013+TS 180 180 180
3 WS-X4424-GB-RJ45 90 90 50
----------------------- --------- ------------ -------
Watts used of Chassis Inline Power (-50V)
Inline Power Admin Inline Power Oper
Mod Model PS Device PS Device Efficiency
---- ----------------- ---------------- ---------------- ----------
2 WS-X4506-GB-T 0 0 0 0 89
3 WS-X4424-GB-RJ45 - - - - -
----------------------- ---------------- ---------------- ----------
Watts used of Module Inline Power (12V -> -50V)
Inline Power Admin Inline Power Oper
Mod Model PS Device PS Device Efficiency
---- ----------------- ---------------- ---------------- ----------
----------------------- ---------------- ---------------- ----------
This example shows how to display detailed information on the PoE status for Gigabit interface 2/1:
Switch# show power inline g2/1 detail
Available:800(w) Used:71(w) Remaining:729(w)
Device Type: Cisco IP Phone 7970
Discovery mechanism used/configured: Ieee and Cisco
Power drawn from the source: 11.0
Power available to the device: 10.3
Measured at the port: 5.0
Maximum Power drawn by the device since powered on: 5.2
Invalid Signature Counter: 0
This example shows how to display the PoE status for all all ports of the module:
Chassis Type : WS-C4503-E
Power consumed by backplane : 0 Watts
Mod Ports Card Type Model Serial No.
---+-----+--------------------------------------+------------------+----
1 6 Sup 6-E 10GE (X2), 1000BaseX (SFP) WS-X45-SUP6-E JAE1132SXRP
3 48 10/100/1000BaseT POE E Series WS-X4648-RJ45V-E JAE114740YF
M MAC addresses Hw Fw Sw Status
--+--------------------------------+---+------------+----------------+--
1 0017.94c8.f580 to 0017.94c8.f585 0.4 12.2(44r)SG( 12.2(52) Ok
3 001e.7af1.f5d0 to 001e.7af1.f5ff 1.0 Ok
Switch# show power inline module 3 detail
Available:800(w) Used:0(w) Remaining:800(w)
Discovery mechanism used/configured: Ieee and Cisco
Power drawn from the source: 0.0
Power available to the device: 0.0
Measured at the port: 0.0
Maximum Power drawn by the device since powered on: 0.0
Invalid Signature Counter: 0
Discovery mechanism used/configured: Ieee and Cisco
Power drawn from the source: 0.0
Power available to the device: 0.0
Measured at the port: 0.0
Maximum Power drawn by the device since powered on: 0.0
Invalid Signature Counter: 0
Discovery mechanism used/configured: Ieee and Cisco
Power drawn from the source: 0.0
Power available to the device: 0.0
Measured at the port: 0.0
Maximum Power drawn by the device since powered on: 0.0
Invalid Signature Counter: 0
Discovery mechanism used/configured: Ieee and Cisco
Power drawn from the source: 0.0
Power available to the device: 0.0
Measured at the port: 0.0
Maximum Power drawn by the device since powered on: 0.0
Invalid Signature Counter: 0
Discovery mechanism used/configured: Ieee and Cisco
Power drawn from the source: 0.0
Power available to the device: 0.0
Measured at the port: 0.0
Maximum Power drawn by the device since powered on: 0.0
Invalid Signature Counter: 0
Discovery mechanism used/configured: Ieee and Cisco
Power drawn from the source: 0.0
Power available to the device: 0.0
Related Commands
|
|
power dc input |
Configures the power DC input parameters on the switch. |
power inline |
Sets the inline-power state for the inline-power-capable interfaces. |
power inline consumption |
Sets the default power that is allocated to an interface for all the inline-power-capable interfaces on the switch. |
power redundancy-mode |
Configures the power settings for the chassis. |
show power inline police
To display PoE policing and monitoring status, use the show power inline police command.
show power inline police [interfacename] [module n]
Syntax Description
interfacename |
(optional) Displays PoE policing and monitoring status for a particular interface. |
module n |
(optional) Display PoE policing and monitoring status for all interfaces on this module. |
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC mode
Command History
|
|
12.2(50)SG |
Support for this command was introduced on the Catalyst 4500 series switch. |
Usage Guidelines
The Oper Power field displays the true power consumption of the connected device.
The show power inline police command with no keywords displays PoE policing status for all interfaces in the chassis.
If this command is executed at the global level, the last line of the output under Oper Power field displays the total true inline power consumption of all devices connected to the switch.
Examples
This example shows how to display PoE policing status for a interface GigabitEthernet 2/1:
Switch# show power inline police gigabitEthernet 2/1
Available:421(w) Used:44(w) Remaining:377(w)
Interface Admin Oper Admin Oper Cutoff Oper
State State Police Police Power Power
--------- ------ ---------- ---------- ---------- ------ -----
Gi2/1 auto on errdisable ok 22.6 9.6
Related Commands
|
|
power inline police |
Configures PoE policing on a particular interface. |
show pppoe intermediate-agent interface
To display PPPoE Intermediate Agent configuration and statistics (packet counters), use the
show pppoe intermediate-agent interface command.
show ppoe intermediate-agent information interface interface
show ppoe intermediate-agent statistics interface interface
Syntax Description
interface interface |
Interface for which information or statistics are displayed. |
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC mode
Command History
|
|
12.2(50)SG |
Support for this command was introduced on the Catalyst 4500 series switch. |
Examples
This example shows how to display PPPoE Intermediate Agent configuration:
Switch# show pppoe intermediate-agent information
Switch PPPoE Intermediate-Agent is enabled
PPPoE Intermediate-Agent trust/rate is configured on the following Interfaces:
Interface IA Trusted Vsa Strip Rate limit (pps)
----------------------- -------- ------- --------- ----------------
GigabitEthernet3/4 no yes yes unlimited
PPPoE Intermediate-Agent is configured on following VLANs:
GigabitEthernet3/7 no no no unlimited
PPPoE Intermediate-Agent is configured on following VLANs:
This example shows how to display PPPoE Intermediate Agent statistics on an interface:
Switch# show pppoe intermediate-agent statistics interface g3/7
Interface : GigabitEthernet3/7
Server responses from untrusted ports = 0
Client requests towards untrusted ports = 0
Malformed PPPoE Discovery packets = 0
Vlan 2: Packets received PADI = 6 PADO = 0 PADR = 6 PADS = 0 PADT = 6
Vlan 3: Packets received PADI = 4 PADO = 0 PADR = 4 PADS = 0 PADT = 4
Related Commands
|
|
pppoe intermediate-agent (global) |
Enables the PPPoE Intermediate Agent feature on a switch. |
pppoe intermediate-agent format-type (global) |
Sets the access-node-identifier, generic-error-message, and identifier-string for the switch. |
pppoe intermediate-agent (interface) |
Enables the PPPoE Intermediate Agent feature on an interface. |
pppoe intermediate-agent format-type (interface) |
Sets circuit-id or remote-id for an interface. |
show qos
To display QoS information, use the show qos command.
show qos
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC mode
Command History
|
|
12.1(8a)EW |
Support for this command was introduced on the Catalyst 4500 series switch. |
Usage Guidelines
This command is not supported on the Supervisor Engine 6-E and Catalyst 4900M chassis.
Examples
This example shows the output that might be displayed if you do not enter any keywords:
Related Commands
show qos aggregate policer
To display QoS aggregate policer information, use the show qos aggregate policer command.
show qos aggregate policer [aggregate_name]
Syntax Description
aggregate_name |
(Optional) Named aggregate policer. |
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC mode
Command History
|
|
12.1(8a)EW |
Support for this command was introduced on the Catalyst 4500 series switch. |
Usage Guidelines
This command is not supported on the Supervisor Engine 6-E and Catalyst 4900M chassis.
The aggregate policer name is case sensitive.
Examples
This example shows the output if you do not enter any keywords:
Switch# show qos aggregate policer
Rate(bps):10000000 Normal-Burst(bytes):1000000
conform-action:transmit exceed-action:policed-dscp-transmit
Policymaps using this policer:
Related Commands
show qos dbl
To display global Dynamic Buffer Limiting (DBL) information, use the show qos dbl command.
show qos dbl
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC mode
Command History
|
|
12.1(13)EW |
Support for this command was introduced on the Catalyst 4500 series switch. |
Usage Guidelines
This command is not supported on the Supervisor Engine 6-E and Catalyst 4900M chassis.
Examples
This example shows how to display global DBL information:
DBL flow includes l4-ports
DBL does not use ecn to indicate congestion
DBL exceed-action mark probability:15%
DBL aggressive credit limit:10
DBL aggressive buffer limit:2 packets
DBL DSCPs with default drop probability:
Related Commands
show qos interface
To display queueing information, use the show qos interface command.
show qos interface {fastethernet interface-number | gigabitethernet interface-number} |
[vlan vlan_id | port-channel number]
Syntax Description
fastethernet interface-number |
Specifies the Fast Ethernet 802.3 interface. |
gigabitethernet interface-number |
Specifies the Gigabit Ethernet 802.3z interface. |
vlan vlan_id |
(Optional) Specifies the VLAN ID; valid values are from 1 to 4094. |
port-channel number |
(Optional) Specifies the port channel; valid ranges are from 1 to 64. |
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC mode
Command History
|
|
12.1(8a)EW |
Support for this command was introduced on the Catalyst 4500 series switch. |
12.1(13)EW |
Added support for extended VLAN addresses. |
12.1(19)EW |
Display changed to include the Port Trust Device. |
Usage Guidelines
This command is not supported on the Supervisor Engine 6-E and Catalyst 4900M chassis.
Examples
This example shows how to display queueing information:
Switch# show qos interface fastethernet 6/1
Administrative Port Trust State: `dscp'
Operational Port Trust State: `untrusted'
Port Trust Device:'cisco-phone'
Default DSCP:0 Default CoS:0
Tx-Queue Bandwidth ShapeRate Priority QueueSize
1 31250000 disabled N/A 240
2 31250000 disabled N/A 240
3 31250000 disabled normal 240
4 31250000 disabled N/A 240
Related Commands
|
|
qos map cos |
Defines the ingress CoS-to-DSCP mapping for the trusted interfaces. |
show qos |
Displays QoS information. |
tx-queue |
Configures the transmit queue parameters for an interface. |
show qos maps
To display QoS map information, use the show qos maps command.
show qos maps [cos | dscp [policed | tx-queue]]
Syntax Description
cos |
(Optional) Displays CoS map information. |
dscp |
(Optional) Displays DSCP map information. |
policed |
(Optional) Displays policed map information. |
tx-queue |
(Optional) Displays tx-queue map information. |
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC mode
Command History
|
|
12.1(8a)EW |
Support for this command was introduced on the Catalyst 4500 series switch. |
Usage Guidelines
This command is not supported on the Supervisor Engine 6-E and Catalyst 4900M chassis.
Examples
This example shows how to display QoS map settings:
DSCP-TxQueue Mapping Table (dscp = d1d2)
d1 :d2 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
-------------------------------------
0 : 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01
1 : 01 01 01 01 01 01 02 02 02 02
2 : 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02
3 : 02 02 03 03 03 03 03 03 03 03
4 : 03 03 03 03 03 03 03 03 04 04
5 : 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04
Policed DSCP Mapping Table (dscp = d1d2)
d1 :d2 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
-------------------------------------
0 : 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09
1 : 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
2 : 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29
3 : 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39
4 : 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49
5 : 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59
DSCP-CoS Mapping Table (dscp = d1d2)
d1 :d2 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
-------------------------------------
0 : 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 01 01
1 : 01 01 01 01 01 01 02 02 02 02
2 : 02 02 02 02 03 03 03 03 03 03
3 : 03 03 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04
4 : 05 05 05 05 05 05 05 05 06 06
5 : 06 06 06 06 06 06 07 07 07 07
--------------------------------
DSCP: 0 8 16 24 32 40 48 56
Related Commands
show redundancy
To display redundancy facility information, use the show redundancy command.
show redundancy {clients | counters | history | states}
Syntax Description
clients |
(Optional) Displays information about the redundancy facility client. |
counters |
(Optional) Displays information about the redundancy facility counter. |
history |
(Optional) Displays a log of past status and related information for the redundancy facility. |
states |
(Optional) Displays information about the redundancy facility state, such as disabled, initialization, standby, active. |
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC mode
Command History
|
|
12.1.(13)EW |
Support for this command was introduced on the Catalyst 4500 series switch (Catalyst 4507R only). |
12.2(31)SGA |
Support for ISSU was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to display information about the redundancy facility:
4507r-demo#show redundancy
Redundant System Information :
------------------------------
Available system uptime = 2 days, 2 hours, 39 minutes
Switchovers system experienced = 0
Last switchover reason = none
Configured Redundancy Mode = Stateful Switchover
Operating Redundancy Mode = Stateful Switchover
Maintenance Mode = Disabled
Current Processor Information :
-------------------------------
Current Software state = ACTIVE
Uptime in current state = 2 days, 2 hours, 39 minutes
Image Version = Cisco Internetwork Operating System Software
IOS (tm) Catalyst 4000 L3 Switch Software (cat4000-I5S-M), Version 12.2(20)EWA(3
.92), CISCO INTERNAL USE ONLY ENHANCED PRODUCTION VERSION
Copyright (c) 1986-2004 by cisco Systems, Inc.
Compiled Wed 14-Jul-04 04:42 by esi
BOOT = bootflash:cat4000-i5s-mz.122_20_EWA_392,1
Configuration register = 0x2002
Peer Processor Information :
----------------------------
Standby Location = slot 2
Current Software state = STANDBY HOT
Uptime in current state = 2 days, 2 hours, 39 minutes
Image Version = Cisco Internetwork Operating System Software
IOS (tm) Catalyst 4000 L3 Switch Software (cat4000-I5S-M), Version 12.2(20)EWA(3
.92), CISCO INTERNAL USE ONLY ENHANCED PRODUCTION VERSION
Copyright (c) 1986-2004 by cisco Systems, Inc.
BOOT = bootflash:cat4000-i5s-mz.122_20_EWA_392,1
Configuration register = 0x2002
This example shows how to display redundancy facility client information:
Switch# show redundancy clients
clientID = 0 clientSeq = 0 RF_INTERNAL_MSG
clientID = 30 clientSeq = 135 Redundancy Mode RF
clientID = 28 clientSeq = 330 GALIOS_CONFIG_SYNC
clientID = 65000 clientSeq = 65000 RF_LAST_CLIENT Switch
The output displays the following information:
•clientID displays the client's ID number.
•clientSeq displays the client's notification sequence number.
•Current redundancy facility state.
This example shows how to display the redundancy facility counter information:
Switch# show redundancy counters
tx msg length invalid = 0
client not rxing msgs = 0
rx peer msg routing errors = 0
tx buffers unavailable = 0
buffer release errors = 0
duplicate client registers = 0
failed to register client = 0
This example shows how to display redundancy facility history information:
Switch# show redundancy history
00:00:01 client added: RF_INTERNAL_MSG(0) seq=0
00:00:01 client added: RF_LAST_CLIENT(65000) seq=65000
00:00:01 client added: GALIOS_CONFIG_SYNC(28) seq=330
00:00:03 client added: Redundancy Mode RF(30) seq=135
00:00:03 *my state = INITIALIZATION(2) *peer state = DISABLED(1)
00:00:03 RF_PROG_INITIALIZATION(100) RF_INTERNAL_MSG(0) op=0 rc=11
00:00:03 RF_PROG_INITIALIZATION(100) Redundancy Mode RF(30) op=0 rc=11
00:00:03 RF_PROG_INITIALIZATION(100) GALIOS_CONFIG_SYNC(28) op=0 rc=11
00:00:03 RF_PROG_INITIALIZATION(100) RF_LAST_CLIENT(65000) op=0 rc=11
00:00:03 *my state = NEGOTIATION(3) peer state = DISABLED(1)
00:00:25 RF_EVENT_GO_ACTIVE(511) op=0
00:00:25 *my state = ACTIVE-FAST(9) peer state = DISABLED(1)
00:00:25 RF_STATUS_MAINTENANCE_ENABLE(403) Redundancy Mode RF(30) op=0
00:00:25 RF_STATUS_MAINTENANCE_ENABLE(403) GALIOS_CONFIG_SYNC(28) op=0
00:00:25 RF_PROG_ACTIVE_FAST(200) RF_INTERNAL_MSG(0) op=0 rc=11
00:00:25 RF_PROG_ACTIVE_FAST(200) Redundancy Mode RF(30) op=0 rc=11
00:00:25 RF_PROG_ACTIVE_FAST(200) GALIOS_CONFIG_SYNC(28) op=0 rc=11
00:00:25 RF_PROG_ACTIVE_FAST(200) RF_LAST_CLIENT(65000) op=0 rc=11
00:00:25 *my state = ACTIVE-DRAIN(10) peer state = DISABLED(1)
00:00:25 RF_PROG_ACTIVE_DRAIN(201) RF_INTERNAL_MSG(0) op=0 rc=11
00:00:25 RF_PROG_ACTIVE_DRAIN(201) Redundancy Mode RF(30) op=0 rc=11
00:00:25 RF_PROG_ACTIVE_DRAIN(201) GALIOS_CONFIG_SYNC(28) op=0 rc=11
00:00:25 RF_PROG_ACTIVE_DRAIN(201) RF_LAST_CLIENT(65000) op=0 rc=11
00:01:34 RF_PROG_PLATFORM_SYNC(300) RF_INTERNAL_MSG(0) op=0 rc=11
00:01:34 RF_PROG_PLATFORM_SYNC(300) Redundancy Mode RF(30) op=0 rc=11
00:01:34 RF_PROG_PLATFORM_SYNC(300) GALIOS_CONFIG_SYNC(28) op=0 rc=0
00:01:34 RF_EVENT_CLIENT_PROGRESSION(503) GALIOS_CONFIG_SYNC(28) op=1 rc=0
00:01:36 RF_EVENT_PEER_PROG_DONE(506) GALIOS_CONFIG_SYNC(28) op=300
00:01:36 RF_PROG_PLATFORM_SYNC(300) RF_LAST_CLIENT(65000) op=0 rc=0
00:01:36 RF_EVENT_CLIENT_PROGRESSION(503) RF_LAST_CLIENT(65000) op=1 rc=0
00:01:36 RF_EVENT_PEER_PROG_DONE(506) RF_LAST_CLIENT(65000) op=300
00:01:38 *my state = ACTIVE(13) *peer state = STANDBY COLD(4)
This example shows how to display information about the redundancy facility state:
Switch# show redundancy states
peer state = 8 -STANDBY HOT
Redundancy Mode (Operational) = Stateful Switchover
Redundancy Mode (Configured) = Stateful Switchover
client_notification_TMR = 240000 milliseconds
keep_alive TMR = 9000 milliseconds
keep_alive threshold = 18
Related Commands
show redundancy config-sync
To display an ISSU config-sync failure or the ignored mismatched command list (MCL), if any, use the show redundancy config-sync command.
show redundancy config-sync {failures | ignored} {bem | mcl| prc}
show redundancy config-sync ignored failures mcl
Syntax Description
failures |
Displays MCL entries or BEM/PRC failures. |
ignored |
Displays the ignored MCL entries. |
bem |
(Deprecated) |
mcl |
Displays commands that exist in the active supervisor engine's running configuration, but are not supported by the image on the standby supervisor engine. |
prc |
Displays a Parser Return Code (PRC) failure and forces the system to operate in RPR mode provided there is a mismatch in the return code for a command execution at the active and standby supervisor engine. |
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
User EXEC mode
Command History
|
|
12.2(31)SGA |
This command was introduced on the Catalyst 4500 series switch. |
12.2(44)SG |
Updated command syntax from issu config-sync to redundancy config-sync. |
Usage Guidelines
When two versions of Cisco IOS images are involved, the command sets supported by two images might differ. If any of those mismatched commands are executed on the active supervisor engine, the standby supervisor engine might not recognize those commands. This causes a config mismatch condition. If the syntax check for the command fails on standby supervisor engine during a bulk sync, the command is moved into the MCL and the standby supervisor engine is reset. To display all the mismatched commands, use the show redundancy config-sync failures mcl command.
To clean the MCL, follow these steps:
Step 1 Remove all mismatched commands from the active supervisor engines' running configuration.
Step 2 Revalidate the MCL with a modified running configuration using the
redundancy config-sync validate mismatched-commands command.
Step 3 Reload the standby supervisor engine.
Alternatively, you could ignore the MCL by following these steps:
Step 1 Enter the redundancy config-sync ignore mismatched-commands command.
Step 2 Reload the standby supervisor engine; the system transitions to SSO mode.
Note If you ignore the mismatched commands, the out-of-sync configuration at the active supervisor engine and the standby supervisor engine still exists.
Step 3 You can verify the ignored MCL with the show redundancy config-sync ignored mcl command.
Each command sets a return code in the action function that implements the command. This return code indicates whether or not the command successfully executes. The active supervisor engine maintains the PRC after executing a command. The standby supervisor engine executes the command and sends PRC back to the active supervisor engine. PRC failure occurs if these two PRCs do not match. If a PRC error occurs at the standby supervisor engine either during bulk sync or LBL sync, the standby supervisor engine is reset. To display all PRC failures, use the show redundancy config-sync failures prc command.
To display best effort method (BEM) errors, use the show redundancy config-sync failures bem command.
Examples
The following example shows how to display the ISSU BEM failures:
Switch# show redundancy config-sync failures bem
The following example shows how to display the ISSU MCL failures:
Switch# show redundancy config-sync failures mcl
The following example shows how to display the ISSU PRC failures:
Switch# show redundancy config-sync failures prc
-------------------------------
interface FastEthernet3/2
Related Commands
show running-config
To display the module status and configuration, use the show running-config command.
show running-config [module slot]
Syntax Description
module slot |
(Optional) Specifies the module slot number; valid values are from 1 to 6. |
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC mode
Command History
|
|
12.1(8a)EW |
Support for this command was introduced on the Catalyst 4500 series switch. |
Usage Guidelines
In some cases, you might see a difference in the duplex mode displayed when you enter the show interfaces command and the show running-config command. If you do see a difference, the duplex mode displayed in the show interfaces command is the actual duplex mode that the interface is running. The show interfaces command shows the operating mode for an interface, while the show running-config command shows the configured mode for an interface.
The show running-config command output for an interface may display a duplex mode configuration but no configuration for the speed. When no speed is displayed in the output, it indicates that the interface speed is configured to be auto and that the duplex mode shown becomes the operational setting once the speed is configured to something other than auto. With this configuration, it is possible that the operating duplex mode for that interface does not match the duplex mode shown with the show running-config command.
Examples
This example shows how to display the module and status configuration for all modules:
Switch#
show running-config
03:23:36:%SYS-5-CONFIG_I:Configured from console by consolesh runn
Building configuration...
Current configuration:3268 bytes
service timestamps debug uptime
service timestamps log uptime
no service password-encryption
power supplies required 1
This example shows the output for the show running-config command when you have enabled the switchport voice vlan command:
Switch#
show running-config int fastethernet 6/1
Building configuration...
Current configuration:133 bytes
interface FastEthernet6/1
show shell functions
Use the show shell functions command to display configurations for all builtin shell functions.
show shell functions
Syntax Description
Defaults
None
Command Modes
Priviledged EXEC
Command History
|
|
12.2(54)SG |
This command was introduced on the Catalyst 4500 series switch. |
Usage Guidelines
This command only displays the contents of builtin shell functions. To display the contents of user created functions, use the show shell triggers command.
Examples
This example illustrates how to display configurations included for all the shell functions:
Switch# show shell functions
Related Commands
show shell triggers
Use the show shell triggers command to display detail for all supported builtin and user created triggers.
show shell triggers
Syntax Description
Defaults
None
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC
Command History
|
|
12.2(54)SG |
This command was introduced on the Catalyst 4500 series switch. |
Usage Guidelines
This command displays builtin triggers and user defined triggers (with their mapped functions).
Examples
This example illustrates how to display detail for all supported triggers:
Switch# show shell triggers
Trigger description: testGroup
Trigger mapping function:
Related Commands
|
|
shell trigger |
Creates a user defined trigger. |
show shell functions |
Displays configurations included for all the builtin functions including user created and built-in functions. |
show slavebootflash:
To display information about the standby bootflash file system, use the show slavebootflash: command.
show slavebootflash: [all | chips | filesys]
Syntax Description
all |
(Optional) Displays all possible Flash information. |
chips |
(Optional) Displays Flash chip information. |
filesys |
(Optional) Displays file system information. |
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC mode
Command History
|
|
12.1(8a)EW |
Support for this command was introduced on the Catalyst 4500 series switch. |
Examples
This example shows how to display file system status information:
Switch#
show slavebootflash: filesys
-------- F I L E S Y S T E M S T A T U S --------
DEVICE INFO BLOCK: bootflash
Magic Number = 6887635 File System Vers = 10000 (1.0)
Length = 1000000 Sector Size = 40000
Programming Algorithm = 39 Erased State = FFFFFFFF
File System Offset = 40000 Length = F40000
MONLIB Offset = 100 Length = C628
Bad Sector Map Offset = 3FFF8 Length = 8
Squeeze Log Offset = F80000 Length = 40000
Squeeze Buffer Offset = FC0000 Length = 40000
Bytes Used = 917CE8 Bytes Available = 628318
Bad Sectors = 0 Spared Sectors = 0
OK Files = 2 Bytes = 917BE8
Deleted Files = 0 Bytes = 0
Files w/Errors = 0 Bytes = 0
This example shows how to display system image information:
Switch#
show slavebootflash:
-# - ED --type-- --crc--- -seek-- nlen -length- -----date/time------ name
1 .. image 8C5A393A 237E3C 14 2063804 Aug 23 1999 16:18:45 c4-boot-mz
2 .. image D86EE0AD 957CE8 9 7470636 Sep 20 1999 13:48:49 rp.halley
This example shows how to display all bootflash information:
Switch#
show slavebootflash: all
-# - ED --type-- --crc--- -seek-- nlen -length- -----date/time------ name
1 .. image 8C5A393A 237E3C 14 2063804 Aug 23 1999 16:18:45 c4-boot-
2 .. image D86EE0AD 957CE8 9 7470636 Sep 20 1999 13:48:49 rp.halley
6456088 bytes available (9534696 bytes used)
-------- F I L E S Y S T E M S T A T U S --------
DEVICE INFO BLOCK: bootflash
Magic Number = 6887635 File System Vers = 10000 (1.0)
Length = 1000000 Sector Size = 40000
Programming Algorithm = 39 Erased State = FFFFFFFF
File System Offset = 40000 Length = F40000
MONLIB Offset = 100 Length = C628
Bad Sector Map Offset = 3FFF8 Length = 8
Squeeze Log Offset = F80000 Length = 40000
Squeeze Buffer Offset = FC0000 Length = 40000
Bytes Used = 917CE8 Bytes Available = 628318
Bad Sectors = 0 Spared Sectors = 0
OK Files = 2 Bytes = 917BE8
Deleted Files = 0 Bytes = 0
Files w/Errors = 0 Bytes = 0
show slaveslot0:
To display information about the file system on the standby supervisor engine, use the show slaveslot0: command.
show slot0: [all | chips | filesys]
Syntax Description
all |
(Optional) Displays all flash information including the output from the show slot0: chips and show slot0: filesys commands. |
chips |
(Optional) Displays flash chip register information. |
filesys |
(Optional) Displays file system status information. |
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC mode
Command History
|
|
12.1(8a)EW |
Support for this command was introduced on the Catalyst 4500 series switch. |
Examples
This example shows how to display a summary of the file system:
-# - ED --type-- --crc--- -seek-- nlen -length- -----date/time------ name
1 .. image 6375DBB7 A4F144 6 10678468 Nov 09 1999 10:50:42 halley
5705404 bytes available (10678596 bytes used)
This example shows how to display flash chip information:
Switch#
show slaveslot0: chips
******** Intel Series 2+ Status/Register Dump ********
ATTRIBUTE MEMORY REGISTERS:
Config Option Reg (4000): 2
Config Status Reg (4002): 0
Card Status Reg (4100): 1
Write Protect Reg (4104): 4
Voltage Cntrl Reg (410C): 0
Rdy/Busy Mode Reg (4140): 2
COMMON MEMORY REGISTERS: Bank 0
Intelligent ID Code : 8989A0A0
Compatible Status Reg: 8080
0 : B0B0 B0B0 B0B0 B0B0 B0B0 B0B0 B0B0 B0B0
8 : B0B0 B0B0 B0B0 B0B0 B0B0 B0B0 B0B0 B0B0
16 : B0B0 B0B0 B0B0 B0B0 B0B0 B0B0 B0B0 B0B0
24 : B0B0 B0B0 B0B0 B0B0 B0B0 B0B0 B0B0 B0B0
COMMON MEMORY REGISTERS: Bank 1
Intelligent ID Code : 8989A0A0
Compatible Status Reg: 8080
0 : B0B0 B0B0 B0B0 B0B0 B0B0 B0B0 B0B0 B0B0
8 : B0B0 B0B0 B0B0 B0B0 B0B0 B0B0 B0B0 B0B0
16 : B0B0 B0B0 B0B0 B0B0 B0B0 B0B0 B0B0 B0B0
24 : B0B0 B0B0 B0B0 B0B0 B0B0 B0B0 B0B0 B0B0
COMMON MEMORY REGISTERS: Bank 2
Intelligent ID Code : 8989A0A0
Compatible Status Reg: 8080
0 : B0B0 B0B0 B0B0 B0B0 B0B0 B0B0 B0B0 B0B0
8 : B0B0 B0B0 B0B0 B0B0 B0B0 B0B0 B0B0 B0B0
16 : B0B0 B0B0 B0B0 B0B0 B0B0 B0B0 B0B0 B0B0
24 : B0B0 B0B0 B0B0 B0B0 B0B0 B0B0 B0B0 B0B0
COMMON MEMORY REGISTERS: Bank 3
Intelligent ID Code : 8989A0A0
Compatible Status Reg: 8080
0 : B0B0 B0B0 B0B0 B0B0 B0B0 B0B0 B0B0 B0B0
8 : B0B0 B0B0 B0B0 B0B0 B0B0 B0B0 B0B0 B0B0
16 : B0B0 B0B0 B0B0 B0B0 B0B0 B0B0 B0B0 B0B0
24 : B0B0 B0B0 B0B0 B0B0 B0B0 B0B0 B0B0 B0B0
COMMON MEMORY REGISTERS: Bank 4
Intelligent ID Code : FFFFFFFF
IID Not Intel -- assuming bank not populated
This example shows how to display file system information:
Switch#
show slaveslot0: filesys
-------- F I L E S Y S T E M S T A T U S --------
Magic Number = 6887635 File System Vers = 10000 (1.0)
Length = 1000000 Sector Size = 20000
Programming Algorithm = 4 Erased State = FFFFFFFF
File System Offset = 20000 Length = FA0000
MONLIB Offset = 100 Length = F568
Bad Sector Map Offset = 1FFF0 Length = 10
Squeeze Log Offset = FC0000 Length = 20000
Squeeze Buffer Offset = FE0000 Length = 20000
Bytes Used = 9F365C Bytes Available = 5AC9A4
Bad Sectors = 0 Spared Sectors = 0
OK Files = 1 Bytes = 9F35DC
Deleted Files = 0 Bytes = 0
Files w/Errors = 0 Bytes =
show slot0:
To display information about the slot0: file system, use the show slot0: command.
show slot0: [all | chips | filesys]
Syntax Description
all |
(Optional) Displays all flash information including the output from the show slot0: chips and show slot0: filesys commands. |
chips |
(Optional) Displays flash chip register information. |
filesys |
(Optional) Displays file system status information. |
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC mode
Command History
|
|
12.1(8a)EW |
Support for this command was introduced on the Catalyst 4500 series switch. |
Examples
This example shows how to display a summary of the file system:
-# - ED --type-- --crc--- -seek-- nlen -length- -----date/time------ name
1 .. image 6375DBB7 A4F144 6 10678468 Nov 09 1999 10:50:42 halley
5705404 bytes available (10678596 bytes used)
This example shows how to display flash chip information:
Switch#
show slot0: chips
******** Intel Series 2+ Status/Register Dump ********
ATTRIBUTE MEMORY REGISTERS:
Config Option Reg (4000): 2
Config Status Reg (4002): 0
Card Status Reg (4100): 1
Write Protect Reg (4104): 4
Voltage Cntrl Reg (410C): 0
Rdy/Busy Mode Reg (4140): 2
COMMON MEMORY REGISTERS: Bank 0
Intelligent ID Code : 8989A0A0
Compatible Status Reg: 8080
0 : B0B0 B0B0 B0B0 B0B0 B0B0 B0B0 B0B0 B0B0
8 : B0B0 B0B0 B0B0 B0B0 B0B0 B0B0 B0B0 B0B0
16 : B0B0 B0B0 B0B0 B0B0 B0B0 B0B0 B0B0 B0B0
24 : B0B0 B0B0 B0B0 B0B0 B0B0 B0B0 B0B0 B0B0
COMMON MEMORY REGISTERS: Bank 1
Intelligent ID Code : 8989A0A0
Compatible Status Reg: 8080
0 : B0B0 B0B0 B0B0 B0B0 B0B0 B0B0 B0B0 B0B0
8 : B0B0 B0B0 B0B0 B0B0 B0B0 B0B0 B0B0 B0B0
16 : B0B0 B0B0 B0B0 B0B0 B0B0 B0B0 B0B0 B0B0
24 : B0B0 B0B0 B0B0 B0B0 B0B0 B0B0 B0B0 B0B0
COMMON MEMORY REGISTERS: Bank 2
Intelligent ID Code : 8989A0A0
Compatible Status Reg: 8080
0 : B0B0 B0B0 B0B0 B0B0 B0B0 B0B0 B0B0 B0B0
8 : B0B0 B0B0 B0B0 B0B0 B0B0 B0B0 B0B0 B0B0
16 : B0B0 B0B0 B0B0 B0B0 B0B0 B0B0 B0B0 B0B0
24 : B0B0 B0B0 B0B0 B0B0 B0B0 B0B0 B0B0 B0B0
COMMON MEMORY REGISTERS: Bank 3
Intelligent ID Code : 8989A0A0
Compatible Status Reg: 8080
0 : B0B0 B0B0 B0B0 B0B0 B0B0 B0B0 B0B0 B0B0
8 : B0B0 B0B0 B0B0 B0B0 B0B0 B0B0 B0B0 B0B0
16 : B0B0 B0B0 B0B0 B0B0 B0B0 B0B0 B0B0 B0B0
24 : B0B0 B0B0 B0B0 B0B0 B0B0 B0B0 B0B0 B0B0
COMMON MEMORY REGISTERS: Bank 4
Intelligent ID Code : FFFFFFFF
IID Not Intel -- assuming bank not populated
This example shows how to display file system information:
Switch#
show slot0: filesys
-------- F I L E S Y S T E M S T A T U S --------
Magic Number = 6887635 File System Vers = 10000 (1.0)
Length = 1000000 Sector Size = 20000
Programming Algorithm = 4 Erased State = FFFFFFFF
File System Offset = 20000 Length = FA0000
MONLIB Offset = 100 Length = F568
Bad Sector Map Offset = 1FFF0 Length = 10
Squeeze Log Offset = FC0000 Length = 20000
Squeeze Buffer Offset = FE0000 Length = 20000
Bytes Used = 9F365C Bytes Available = 5AC9A4
Bad Sectors = 0 Spared Sectors = 0
OK Files = 1 Bytes = 9F35DC
Deleted Files = 0 Bytes = 0
Files w/Errors = 0 Bytes = 0
show spanning-tree
To display spanning-tree state information, use the show spanning-tree command.
show spanning-tree [bridge_group | active | backbonefast | bridge [id] | inconsistentports | interface type | root | summary [total] | uplinkfast | vlan vlan_id | pathcost method | detail]
Syntax Description
bridge_group |
(Optional) Specifies the bridge group number; valid values are from 1 to 255. |
active |
(Optional) Displays the spanning-tree information on active interfaces only. |
backbonefast |
(Optional) Displays the spanning-tree BackboneFast status. |
bridge |
(Optional) Displays the bridge status and configuration information. |
id |
(Optional) Name of the bridge. |
inconsistentports |
(Optional) Displays the root inconsistency state. |
interface type |
(Optional) Specifies the interface type and number; valid values are fastethernet, gigabitethernet, tengigabitethernet, port-channel (1 to 64), and vlan (1 to 4094). |
root |
(Optional) Displays the root bridge status and configuration. |
summary |
(Optional) Specifies a summary of port states. |
total |
(Optional) Displays the total lines of the spanning-tree state section. |
uplinkfast |
(Optional) Displays the spanning-tree UplinkFast status. |
vlan vlan_id |
(Optional) Specifies the VLAN ID; valid values are from 1 to 4094. |
pathcost method |
(Optional) Displays the default path cost calculation method used. |
detail |
(Optional) Displays a summary of interface information. |
Defaults
Interface information summary is displayed.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC mode
Command History
|
|
12.1(8a)EW |
Support for this command was introduced on the Catalyst 4500 series switch. |
12.1(12c)EW |
Support for extended addressing was added. |
12.2(25)EW |
Added support for the 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface. |
Examples
This example shows how to display spanning-tree information on the active interfaces only:
Switch#
show spanning-tree active
VLAN1 is executing the ieee compatible Spanning Tree protocol
Bridge Identifier has priority 32768, address 0050.3e8d.6401
Configured hello time 2, max age 20, forward delay 15
Current root has priority 16384, address 0060.704c.7000
Root port is 265 (FastEthernet5/9), cost of root path is 38
Topology change flag not set, detected flag not set
Number of topology changes 0 last change occurred 18:13:54 ago
Times: hold 1, topology change 24, notification 2
hello 2, max age 14, forward delay 10
Timers: hello 0, topology change 0, notification 0
Port 265 (FastEthernet5/9) of VLAN1 is forwarding
Port path cost 19, Port priority 128, Port Identifier 129.9.
Designated root has priority 16384, address 0060.704c.7000
Designated bridge has priority 32768, address 00e0.4fac.b000
Designated port id is 128.2, designated path cost 19
Timers: message age 3, forward delay 0, hold 0
Number of transitions to forwarding state: 1
BPDU: sent 3, received 32852
This example shows how to display the spanning-tree BackboneFast status:
Switch# show spanning-tree backbonefast
Number of transition via backboneFast (all VLANs) : 0
Number of inferior BPDUs received (all VLANs) : 0
Number of RLQ request PDUs received (all VLANs) : 0
Number of RLQ response PDUs received (all VLANs) : 0
Number of RLQ request PDUs sent (all VLANs) : 0
Number of RLQ response PDUs sent (all VLANs) : 0
This example shows how to display spanning-tree information for the bridge:
Switch# show spanning-tree bridge
Hello Time 2 sec Max Age 20 sec Forward Delay 15 sec
Hello Time 2 sec Max Age 20 sec Forward Delay 15 sec
Hello Time 2 sec Max Age 20 sec Forward Delay 15 sec
This example shows how to display a summary of interface information:
Switch#
show spanning-tree
Spanning tree enabled protocol ieee
Hello Time 2 sec Max Age 20 sec Forward Delay 15 sec
Hello Time 2 sec Max Age 20 sec Forward Delay 15 sec
Name Port ID Prio Cost Sts Cost Bridge ID Port ID
------------------- ------- --- ------ --- ---- -------------------- -------
FastEthernet6/15 129.79 128 19 FWD 0 32768 0030.94fc.0a00 129.79
Spanning tree enabled protocol ieee
Hello Time 2 sec Max Age 20 sec Forward Delay 15 sec
Hello Time 2 sec Max Age 20 sec Forward Delay 15 sec
Name Port ID Prio Cost Sts Cost Bridge ID Port ID
------------------- ------- --- ------ --- ---- -------------------- -------
FastEthernet6/16 129.80 128 19 FWD 0 32768 0030.94fc.0a01 129.80
This example shows how to display spanning-tree information for Fast Ethernet interface 5/9:
Switch# show spanning-tree interface fastethernet5/9
Interface Fa0/10 (port 23) in Spanning tree 1 is ROOT-INCONSISTENT
Port path cost 100, Port priority 128
Designated root has priority 8192, address 0090.0c71.a400
Designated bridge has priority 32768, address 00e0.1e9f.8940
Designated port is 23, path cost 115
Timers: message age 0, forward delay 0, hold 0
BPDU: sent 0, received 0
The port is in the portfast mode
This example shows how to display spanning-tree information for a specific VLAN:
Switch#
show spanning-tree vlan 1
VLAN1 is executing the ieee compatible Spanning Tree protocol
Bridge Identifier has priority 32768, address 0030.94fc.0a00
Configured hello time 2, max age 20, forward delay 15
We are the root of the spanning tree
Topology change flag not set, detected flag not set
Number of topology changes 5 last change occurred 01:50:47 ago
Times: hold 1, topology change 35, notification 2
hello 2, max age 20, forward delay 15
Timers:hello 0, topology change 0, notification 0, aging 300
Port 335 (FastEthernet6/15) of VLAN1 is forwarding
Port path cost 19, Port priority 128, Port Identifier 129.79.
Designated root has priority 32768, address 0030.94fc.0a00
Designated bridge has priority 32768, address 0030.94fc.0a00
Designated port id is 129.79, designated path cost 0
Timers:message age 0, forward delay 0, hold 0
Number of transitions to forwarding state:1
BPDU:sent 6127, received 0
This example shows how to display spanning-tree information for a specific bridge group:
Switch#
show spanning-tree vlan 1
This example shows how to display a summary of port states:
Switch#
show spanning-tree summary
Root bridge for:VLAN1, VLAN2.
PortFast BPDU Guard is disabled
EtherChannel misconfiguration guard is enabled
Default pathcost method used is short
Name Blocking Listening Learning Forwarding STP Active
-------------------- -------- --------- -------- ---------- ----------
-------------------- -------- --------- -------- ---------- ----------
This example shows how to display the total lines of the spanning-tree state section:
Switch#
show spanning-tree summary totals
Root bridge for:VLAN1, VLAN2.
PortFast BPDU Guard is disabled
EtherChannel misconfiguration guard is enabled
Default pathcost method used is short
Name Blocking Listening Learning Forwarding STP Active
-------------------- -------- --------- -------- ---------- ----------
This example shows how to determine whether any ports are in root inconsistent state:
Switch#
show spanning-tree inconsistentports
Name Interface Inconsistency
-------------------- -------------------- ------------------
VLAN1 FastEthernet3/1 Root Inconsistent
Number of inconsistent ports (segments) in the system:1
Related Commands
show spanning-tree mst
To display MST protocol information, use the show spanning-tree mst command.
show spanning-tree mst [configuration]
show spanning-tree mst [instance-id] [detail]
show spanning-tree mst [instance-id] interface interface [detail]
Syntax Description
configuration |
(Optional) Displays region configuration information. |
instance-id |
(Optional) Instance identification number; valid values are from 0 to 15. |
detail |
(Optional) Displays detailed MST protocol information. |
interface interface |
(Optional) Interface type and number; valid values for type are fastethernet, gigabitethernet, tengigabitethernet, port-channel, and vlan. See the "Usage Guidelines" section for more information. |
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC mode
Command History
|
|
12.1(12c)EW |
Support for this command was introduced on the Catalyst 4500 series switch. |
12.2(25)EW |
Added support for the 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface. |
Usage Guidelines
This command is not supported on systems that are configured with a Supervisor Engine I.
In the output display of the show spanning-tree mst configuration command, a warning message might display. This message appears if you do not map secondary VLANs to the same instance as the associated primary VLAN. The display includes a list of the secondary VLANs that are not mapped to the same instance as the associated primary VLAN. The warning message is as follows:
These secondary vlans are not mapped to the same instance as their primary:
See the show spanning-tree command for output definitions.
Examples
This example shows how to display region configuration information:
Switch#
show spanning-tree mst configuration
-------- ---------------------------------------------------------------------
0 1-9,11-19,21-29,31-39,41-4094
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
This example shows how to display additional MST protocol values:
Switch# show spanning-tree mst 3 detail
# # # # # # MST03 vlans mapped: 3,3000-3999
Bridge address 0002.172c.f400 priority 32771 (32768 sysid 3)
Root this switch for MST03
GigabitEthernet1/1 of MST03 is boundary forwarding
Port info port id 128.1 priority 128
Designated root address 0002.172c.f400 priority 32771
Designated bridge address 0002.172c.f400 priority 32771 port
Timers: message expires in 0 sec, forward delay 0, forward transitions 1
Bpdus (MRecords) sent 4, received 0
FastEthernet4/2 of MST03 is backup blocking
Port info port id 128.194 priority 128 cost
Designated root address 0002.172c.f400 priority 32771
Designated bridge address 0002.172c.f400 priority 32771 port id
Timers: message expires in 2 sec, forward delay 0, forward transitions 1
Bpdus (MRecords) sent 3, received 252
This example shows how to display MST information for a specific interface:
Switch# show spanning-tree mst 0 interface fastethernet4/1 detail
Edge port: no (trunk) port guard : none
Link type: point-to-point (point-to-point) bpdu filter: disable
Boundary : internal bpdu guard : disable
FastEthernet4/1 of MST00 is designated forwarding
Vlans mapped to MST00 1-2,4-2999,4000-4094
Port info port id 128.193 priority 128 cost
Designated root address 0050.3e66.d000 priority 8193
Designated ist master address 0002.172c.f400 priority 49152
Designated bridge address 0002.172c.f400 priority 49152 port id
Timers: message expires in 0 sec, forward delay 0, forward transitions 1
Bpdus sent 492, received 3
Related Commands
show storm-control
To display the broadcast storm control settings on the switch or on the specified interface, use the
show storm-control command.
show storm-control [interface-id | broadcast]
Supervisor Engine 6-E and Catalyst 4900M chassis
show storm-control [interface-id | broadcast | multicast]
Syntax Description
interface-id |
(Optional) Specifies the interface ID for the physical port. |
broadcast |
(Optional) Displays the broadcast storm threshold setting. |
multicast |
(Optional) Displays the multicast storm threshold setting. |
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC mode
Command History
|
|
12.1(19)EW |
Support for this command was introduced on the Catalyst 4500 series switch. |
12.2(25)EW |
Added support for the 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface. |
12.2(40)SG |
Added support for the Supervisor Engine 6-E and Catalyst 4900M chassis. |
Usage Guidelines
When you enter an interface ID, the storm control thresholds are displayed for the specified interface.
If you do not enter an interface ID, the settings are displayed for the broadcast traffic type for all ports on the switch.
Examples
This is an example of output from the show storm-control command when no keywords are entered. Because no traffic type keyword was entered, the broadcast storm control settings are displayed.
Switch# show storm-control
Interface Filter State Upper Lower Current
--------- ------------- ------- ------- -------
Gi2/1 Forwarding 30.00% 30.00% N/A
Gi4/1 Forwarding 30.00% 30.00% N/A
Gi4/3 Forwarding 30.00% 30.00% N/A
This is an example of output from the show storm-control multicast command on a Supervisor Engine 6-E:
Switch# show storm-control multicast //Supervisor Engine 6-E
Interface Filter State Broadcast Multicast Level
--------- ------------- --------- --------- -----
Fa6/2 Blocking Enabled Enabled 61%
This is an example of output from the show storm-control command on a Supervisor Engine 6-E when no keywords are entered:
Switch# show storm-control
Interface Filter State Broadcast Multicast Level
--------- ------------- --------- --------- -----
Fa6/1 Blocking Enabled Disabled 81%
Fa6/2 Blocking Enabled Enabled 61%
This is an example of output from the show storm-control command for a specified interface:
Switch# show storm-control fastethernet2/17
Interface Filter State Level Current
--------- ------------- ------- -------
Fa2/17 Forwarding 50.00% 0.00%
This is an example of output from the show storm-control command for a specified interface on a Supervisor Engine 6-E:
Switch# show storm-control interface fastethernet6/1
Interface Filter State Broadcast Multicast Level
--------- ------------- ------- ------- -----
Fa6/1 Blocking Enabled Disabled 81%
Table 2-29 describes the fields in the show storm-control display.
Table 2-29 show storm-control Field Descriptions
|
|
Interface |
Displays the ID of the interface. |
Filter State |
Displays the status of the filter: •Blocking—Storm control is enabled, and a storm has occurred. •Forwarding—Storm control is enabled, and no storms have occurred. •Inactive—Storm control is disabled. |
Level |
Displays the threshold level set on the interface for broadcast traffic. |
Current |
Displays the bandwidth utilization of broadcast traffic as a percentage of total available bandwidth. This field is valid only when storm control is enabled. Note N/A is displayed for interfaces that do storm control in the hardware. |
Related Commands
show system mtu
To display the global MTU setting, use the show system mtu command.
show system mtu
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC mode
Command History
|
|
12.1(12c)EW |
Support for this command was introduced on the Catalyst 4500 series switch. |
Examples
This example shows how to display the global MTU setting:
Global Ethernet MTU is 1550 bytes.
Related Commands
|
|
system mtu |
Sets the maximum Layer 2 or Layer 3 payload size. |
show tech-support
To display troubleshooting information for TAC, use the show tech-support command.
show tech-support [bridging | cef | ipmulticast | isis | password [page] | page]
Syntax Description
bridging |
(Optional) Specifies bridging-related information. |
cef |
(Optional) Specifies CEF-related information. |
ipmulticast |
(Optional) Specifies IP multicast-related information. |
isis |
(Optional) Specifies CLNS and ISIS-related information. |
password |
(Optional) Includes passwords and other security information in the output. |
page |
(Optional) Displays one page of information at a time in the output. |
Defaults
The defaults are as follows:
•Outputs are displayed without page breaks.
•Passwords and other security information are removed from the output.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC mode
Command History
|
|
12.1(8a)EW |
Support for this command was introduced on the Catalyst 4500 series switch. |
Usage Guidelines
Output from the show tech-support command may be terminated in midstream with the key combination Ctrl+Alt+6. The command output is buffered so that the command terminates when output of the current subcommand running under this command completes.
Press the Return key to display the next line of output, or press the Space bar to display the next page of information. If you do not enter the page keyword, the output scrolls. It does not stop for page breaks.
If you enter the password keyword, password encryption is enabled, but only the encrypted form appears in the output.
If you do not enter the password keyword, the passwords and other security-sensitive information in the output are replaced in the output with the word "removed."
The show tech-support commands are a compilation of several show commands and the output can be quite lengthy. For a sample display of the output of the show tech-support command, see the individual show command listed.
If you enter the show tech-support command without arguments, the output displays the equivalent of these show commands:
•show version
•show running-config
•show stacks
•show interfaces
•show controllers
•show process memory
•show process cpu
•show buffers
•show logging
•show module
•show power
•show environment
•show interfaces switchport
•show interfaces trunk
•show vlan
If you enter the ipmulticast keyword, the output displays the equivalent of these show commands:
•show ip pim interface
•show ip pim interface count
•show ip pim neighbor
•show ip pim rp
•show ip igmp groups
•show ip igmp interface
•show ip mroute count
•show ip mroute
•show ip mcache
•show ip dvmrp route
Examples
For a sample display of the show tech-support command output, see the commands listed in the "Usage Guidelines" section for more information.
Related Commands
See the "Usage Guidelines " section.
show udld
To display the administrative and operational UDLD status, use the show udld priviledged EXEC command.
show udld interface-id | neighbors | fast-hello {interface id}
Syntax Description
interface id |
Specifies the administrative and operational UDLD status for a specific interface. |
neighbors |
Specifies the UDLD neighbor summary. |
fast-hello |
Specifies Fast UDLD neighbor summary and interface specific status. |
interface-id |
Specifies the name of the interface. |
Defaults
None
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC
Command History
|
|
12.1(8a)EW |
Support for this command was introduced on the Catalyst 4500 series switch. |
12.2(25)EW |
Added support for the 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface. |
12.2(54)SG |
Added support for show udld fast-hello and show udld fast-hello interface id. |
Usage Guidelines
If you do not enter an interface_id value, the administrative and operational UDLD status for all interfaces is displayed.
Examples
To verify status for a particular link as reported by UDLD, enter the following command:
Port enable administrative configuration setting: Enabled / in aggressive mode
Port enable operational state: Enabled / in aggressive mode
Current bidirectional state: Bidirectional
Current operational state: Advertisement - Single neighbor detected
Message interval: 15000 ms
Time out interval: 5000 ms
Port fast-hello configuration setting: Disabled
Port fast-hello interval: 0 ms
Port fast-hello operational state: Disabled
Neighbor fast-hello configuration setting: Disabled
Neighbor fast-hello interval: Unknown
Expiration time: 43300 ms
Current neighbor state: Bidirectional
Neighbor echo 1 device: FOX104303NL
Neighbor echo 1 port: Gi1/34
TLV Message interval: 15 sec
No TLV fast-hello interval
TLV CDP Device name: Switch
To verify link status as reported by UDLD, enter the following command:
Switch# show udld neighbors
Port Device Name Device ID Port ID Neighbor State
---- ----------- --------- ------- --------------
Gi1/33 FOX10430380 1 Gi1/33 Bidirectional
Gi1/34 FOX10430380 1 Gi1/34 Bidirectional
To verify Fast UDLD configuration, enter the following command:
Switch# show udld fast-hello
Total ports on which fast hello can be configured: 16
Total ports with fast hello configured: 3
Total ports with fast hello operational: 3
Total ports with fast hello non-operational: 0
Port-ID Hello Neighbor-Hello Neighbor-Device Neighbor-Port Status
------- ----- -------------- --------------- ------------- ------
Gi1/45 200 200 FOX104303NL Gi1/45 Operational
Gi1/46 200 200 FOX104303NL Gi1/46 Operational
Gi1/47 200 200 FOX104303NL Gi1/47 Operational
To verify status for a particular link as reported by Fast UDLD, enter the following command:
Switch# show udld fast-hello g1/33
Port enable administrative configuration setting: Enabled / in aggressive mode
Port enable operational state: Enabled / in aggressive mode
Current bidirectional state: Bidirectional
Current operational state: Advertisement - Single neighbor detected
Time out interval: 5000 ms
Port fast-hello configuration setting: Enabled
Port fast-hello interval: 200 ms
Port fast-hello operational state: Enabled
Neighbor fast-hello configuration setting: Enabled
Neighbor fast-hello interval: 200 ms
Current neighbor state: Bidirectional
Neighbor echo 1 device: FOX104303NL
Neighbor echo 1 port: Gi1/33
TLV fast-hello interval: 200 ms
TLV CDP Device name: Switch
Related Commands
show vlan
To display VLAN information, use the show vlan command.
show vlan [brief | id vlan_id | name name]
show vlan private-vlan [type]
Syntax Description
brief |
(Optional) Displays only a single line for each VLAN, naming the VLAN, status, and ports. |
id vlan_id |
(Optional) Displays information about a single VLAN identified by VLAN ID number; valid values are from 1 to 4094. |
name name |
(Optional) Displays information about a single VLAN identified by VLAN name; valid values are an ASCII string from 1 to 32 characters. |
private-vlan |
Displays private VLAN information. |
type |
(Optional) Private VLAN type. |
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC mode
Command History
|
|
12.1(8a)EW |
Support for this command was introduced on the Catalyst 4500 series switch. |
12.1(12c)EW |
Added support for extended VLAN addresses. |
Examples
This example shows how to display the VLAN parameters for all VLANs within the administrative domain:
---- -------------------------------- --------- -------------------------------
850 VLAN0850 active Fa5/9
917 VLAN0917 active Fa5/9
999 VLAN0999 active Fa5/9
1002 fddi-default active Fa5/9
1003 trcrf-default active Fa5/9
1004 fddinet-default active Fa5/9
1005 trbrf-default active Fa5/9
VLAN Type SAID MTU Parent RingNo BridgeNo Stp BrdgMode Trans1 Trans2
---- ----- ---------- ----- ------ ------ -------- ---- -------- ------ ------
1 enet 100001 1500 - - - - - 0 0
2 enet 100002 1500 - - - - - 0 0
3 enet 100003 1500 - - - - - 303 0
4 enet 100004 1500 - - - - - 304 0
5 enet 100005 1500 - - - - - 305 0
6 enet 100006 1500 - - - - - 0 0
10 enet 100010 1500 - - - - - 0 0
20 enet 100020 1500 - - - - - 0 0
50 enet 100050 1500 - - - - - 0 0
850 enet 100850 1500 - - - - - 0 0
917 enet 100917 1500 - - - - - 0 0
999 enet 100999 1500 - - - - - 0 0
1002 fddi 101002 1500 - 0 - - - 0 0
1003 trcrf 101003 4472 1005 3276 - - srb 0 0
1004 fdnet 101004 1500 - - - ieee - 0 0
1005 trbrf 101005 4472 - - 15 ibm - 0 0
VLAN AREHops STEHops Backup CRF
---- ------- ------- ----------
This example shows how to display the VLAN name, status, and associated ports only:
---- -------------------------------- --------- -------------------------------
999 VLAN0999 active Fa5/9
1002 fddi-default active Fa5/9
1003 trcrf-default active Fa5/9
1004 fddinet-default active Fa5/9
1005 trbrf-default active Fa5/9
This example shows how to display the VLAN parameters for VLAN 3 only:
---- -------------------------------- --------- -------------------------------
VLAN Type SAID MTU Parent RingNo BridgeNo Stp BrdgMode Trans1 Trans2
---- ----- ---------- ----- ------ ------ -------- ---- -------- ------ ------
3 enet 100003 1500 - - - - - 303 0
Table 2-30 describes the fields in the show vlan command output.
Table 2-30 show vlan Command Output Fields
|
|
VLAN |
VLAN number. |
Name |
Name, if configured, of the VLAN. |
Status |
Status of the VLAN (active or suspend). |
Ports |
Ports that belong to the VLAN. |
Type |
Media type of the VLAN. |
SAID |
Security Association Identifier value for the VLAN. |
MTU |
Maximum transmission unit size for the VLAN. |
Parent |
Parent VLAN, if one exists. |
RingNo |
Ring number for the VLAN, if applicable. |
BrdgNo |
Bridge number for the VLAN, if applicable. |
Stp |
Spanning Tree Protocol type used on the VLAN. |
The following example shows how to verify that the primary VLAN and secondary VLANs are correctly associated with each other and the same association also exists on the PVLAN port:
Switch# show vlan private-vlan
Primary Secondary Type Ports
------- --------- -----------------
------------------------------------------
10 100 community Fa3/1, Fa3/2
The following example shows how to remove the VLAN association:
Switch(config-vlan)# private-vlan association remove 100
Switch# show vlan private
Primary Secondary Type Ports
------- --------- ----------------- ------------------------------------------
This example show how to verify PVLAN configuration on the interface:
Switch# show interface f3/2 status
Port Name Status Vlan Duplex Speed Type
Fa3/2 connected pvlan seco a-full a-100 10/100BaseTX
Switch# show interface f3/1 status
Port Name Status Vlan Duplex Speed Type
Fa3/1 connected pvlan prom a-full a-100 10/100BaseTX
Related Commands
show vlan access-map
To display the contents of a VLAN access map, use the show vlan access-map command.
show vlan access-map [map-name]
Syntax Description
map-name |
(Optional) Name of the VLAN access map. |
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC mode
Command History
|
|
12.1(12c)EW |
Support for this command was introduced on the Catalyst 4500 series switch. |
Examples
This command shows how to display the contents of a VLAN access map:
Switch# show vlan access-map mordred
Vlan access-map "mordred" 1
Related Commands
|
|
vlan access-map |
Enters VLAN access-map command mode to create a VLAN access map. |
show vlan counters
To display the software-cached counter values, use the show vlan counters command.
show vlan [id vlanid] counters
Syntax Description
id vlanid |
(Optional) Displays the software-cached counter values for a specific VLAN. |
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC mode
Command History
|
|
12.1(13)EW |
Support for this command was introduced on the Catalyst 4500 series switches. |
Usage Guidelines
If you enter the show vlan counters command without specifying the VLAN ID, the software-cached counter values for all VLANs are displayed.
Examples
This example shows how to display the software-cached counter values for a specific VLAN:
Switch#
show vlan counters
* Multicast counters include broadcast packets
L3 Input Unicast Packets : 0
L3 Input Unicast Octets : 0
L3 Output Unicast Packets : 0
L3 Output Unicast Octets : 0
L3 Output Multicast Packets : 0
L3 Output Multicast Octets : 0
L3 Input Multicast Packets : 0
L3 Input Multicast Octets : 0
Related Commands
|
|
clear vlan counters |
Clears the software-cached counter values to start from zero again for a specified VLAN or all existing VLANs. |
show vlan dot1q tag native
To display all the ports on the switch that are eligible for native VLAN tagging as well as their current native VLAN tagging status, use the show vlan dot1q tag native command.
show vlan dot1q tag native
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
User EXEC mode
Command History
|
|
12.1(18)EW |
This command was introduced on the Catalyst 4500 series switch. |
Examples
This is an example of output from the show vlan dot1q tag native command:
Switch#
show vlan dot1q tag native
dot1q native vlan tagging is disabled globally
Per Port Native Vlan Tagging State
----------------------------------
Port Operational Native VLAN
------------------------------------
f3/16 PVLAN trunk disabled
Related Commands
|
|
switchport mode |
Sets the interface type. |
vlan (global configuration) (refer to Cisco IOS documentation) |
Enters global VLAN configuration mode. |
vlan (VLAN configuration) (refer to Cisco IOS documentation) |
Enters VLAN configuration mode. |
show vlan group
To display the VLANs mapped to VLAN groups, use the show vlan group privildeged EXEC command.
show vlan group [group-name group-name]
Syntax Description
group-name group-name |
(Optional) Displays the VLANs mapped to the specified VLAN group. |
Defaults
None
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC
Command History
|
|
12.2(54)SG |
This command was modified to support user distribution on the Catalyst 4500 series switch. |
Usage Guidelines
The show vlan group command displays the existing VLAN groups and lists the VLANs and VLAN ranges that are members of each VLAN group. If you use the group-name keyword, you display only the members of the VLAN group specified by the group-name argument.
Examples
This example shows how to display the members of a specified VLAN group:
Switch# show vlan group group-name ganymede
---------------- -------------------
Related Commands
show vlan internal usage
To display information about the internal VLAN allocation, use the show vlan internal usage command.
show vlan [id vlan-id] internal usage
Syntax Description
id vlan-id |
(Optional) Displays internal VLAN allocation information for the specified VLAN; valid values are from 1 to 4094. |
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC mode
Command History
|
|
12.1(19)EW |
Support for this command was introduced on the Catalyst 4500 series switch. |
Examples
This example shows how to display information about the current internal VLAN allocation:
Switch#
show vlan internal usage
---- --------------------
This example shows how to display information about the internal VLAN allocation for a specific VLAN:
Switch#
show vlan id 1030 internal usage
---- --------------------
Related Commands
show vlan mapping
Use the show vlan mapping privileged EXEC command to display information about VLAN mapping on trunk ports.
show vlan mapping [interface interface-id] [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description
interface interface-id |
(Optional) Displays VLAN mapping information for the specified interface. |
| begin |
(Optional) Displays begins with the line that matches the expression. |
| exclude |
(Optional) Displays excludes lines that match the expression. |
| include |
(Optional) Displays includes lines that match the specified expression. |
expression |
Specifies an expression in the output to use as a reference point. |
Defaults
None
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC
Command History
|
|
12.2(54)SG |
This command was introduced on the Catalyst 4500 series switch. |
Usage Guidelines
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output are not displayed, but the lines that contain Output are displayed.
Examples
This is a sample output from the show vlan mapping command:
Switch# show vlan mapping
VLANs on wire Translated VLAN Operation
------------------ --------------- --------------
default QinQ 1 selective QinQ
VLANs on wire Translated VLAN Operation
------------------ --------------- --------------
This is a sample output from the show vlan mapping command for an interface:
Switch# show vlan mapping interface fa0/6
VLAN on wire Translated VLAN Operation
12,16-18 100 selective QinQ
Related Commands
show vlan mtu
To display the minimum and maximum transmission unit (MTU) sizes of each VLAN, use the show vlan mtu command.
show vlan mtu
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC mode
Command History
|
|
12.1(13)EW |
Support for this command was introduced on the Catalyst 4500 series switch. |
Usage Guidelines
The MTU_Mismatch column in the command output indicates whether all the ports in the VLAN have the same MTU. When "yes" is displayed in the MTU_Mismatch column, it means that the VLAN has a port with different MTUs, and packets might be dropped that are switched from a port with a larger MTU to a port with a smaller MTU. If the VLAN does not have an SVI, the hyphen (-) symbol is displayed in the SVI_MTU column.
For a VLAN, if the MTU-Mismatch column displays "yes," the names of the port with the MinMTU and the port with the MaxMTU are displayed. For a VLAN, if the SVI_MTU is bigger than the MinMTU, "TooBig" is displayed after the SVI_MTU.
Examples
This is an example of output from the show vlan mtu command:
VLAN SVI_MTU MinMTU(port) MaxMTU(port) MTU_Mismatch
---- ------------- ------------- ------------ ------------
Related Commands
|
|
mtu |
Enables jumbo frames on an interface by adjusting the maximum size of a packet or maximum transmission unit (MTU). |
show vlan private-vlan
To display private VLAN information, use the show vlan private-vlan command.
show vlan private-vlan [type]
Syntax Description
type |
(Optional) Displays the private VLAN type; valid types are isolated, primary, community, nonoperational, and normal. |
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC mode
Command History
|
|
12.1(8a)EW |
Support for this command was introduced on the Catalyst 4500 series switch. |
12.2(20)EW |
Support for community VLAN was added. |
Usage Guidelines
When the show vlan private-vlan type command displays a VLAN type as normal, it indicates that a regular VLAN has been used in the private VLAN configuration. When normal is displayed, this indicates that two VLANs have been associated before the type was set, and the private VLAN is not operational. This information is useful for debugging purposes.
Examples
This example shows how to display information about all currently configured private VLANs:
Switch#
show vlan private-vlan
Primary Secondary Type Ports
------- --------- ----------------- ------------------------------------------
2 301 community Fa5/3, Fa5/25
Note A blank Primary value indicates that no association exists.
This example shows how to display information about all currently configured private VLAN types:
Switch#
show vlan private-vlan type
Table 2-31 describes the fields in the show vlan private-vlan command output.
Table 2-31 show vlan private-vlan Command Output Fields
|
|
Primary |
Number of the primary VLAN. |
Secondary |
Number of the secondary VLAN. |
Secondary-Type |
Secondary VLAN type is isolated or community. |
Ports |
Indicates the ports within a VLAN. |
Type |
Type of VLAN; possible values are primary, isolated, community, nonoperational, or normal. |
Related Commands
|
|
private-vlan |
Configures private VLANs and the association between a private VLAN and a secondary VLAN. |
private-vlan mapping |
Creates a mapping between the primary and the secondary VLANs so that both share the same primary VLAN SVI. |
show vlan remote-span
To display a list of Remote SPAN (RSPAN) VLANs, use the show vlan remote-span command.
show vlan remote-span
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC mode
Command History
|
|
12.1(12)EW |
This command was introduced on the Catalyst 4500 series switches. |
Examples
This example shows how to display a list of RSPAN VLANs:
Router#
show vlan remote-span
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Related Commands
show vmps
To display the VLAN Query Protocol (VQP) version, reconfirmation interval, retry count, VLAN Membership Policy Server (VMPS) IP addresses, current servers, and primary servers, use the show vmps command.
show vmps [statistics]
Syntax Description
statistics |
(Optional) Displays the client-side statistics. |
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC mode
Command History
|
|
12.1(13)EW |
Support for this command was introduced on the Catalyst 4500 series switch. |
Examples
This is an example of output from the show vmps command:
Reconfirm Interval: 60 min
VMPS domain server: 172.20.50.120 (primary, current)
VMPS Action: No Dynamic Port
This is an example of output from the show vmps statistics command:
Switch# show vmps statistics
VQP Insufficient Resource: 0
Related Commands
|
|
vmps reconfirm (privileged EXEC) |
Sends VLAN Query Protocol (VQP) queries to reconfirm all the dynamic VLAN assignments with the VLAN Membership Policy Server (VMPS). |
show vtp
To display VTP statistics and domain information, use the show vtp command.
show vtp {counters | status}
Syntax Description
counters |
Specifies the VTP statistics. |
status |
Specifies the VTP domain status. |
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC mode
Command History
|
|
12.1(8a)EW |
Support for this command was introduced on the Catalyst 4500 series switch. |
Examples
This example shows how to display the VTP statistics:
Switch#
show vtp counters
Summary advertisements received : 1
Subset advertisements received : 1
Request advertisements received : 0
Summary advertisements transmitted : 31
Subset advertisements transmitted : 1
Request advertisements transmitted : 0
Number of config revision errors : 0
Number of config digest errors : 0
Number of V1 summary errors : 0
Trunk Join Transmitted Join Received Summary advts received from
non-pruning-capable device
---------------- ---------------- ---------------- ---------------------------
This example shows how to display the VTP domain status:
Configuration Revision : 250
Maximum VLANs supported locally : 1005
Number of existing VLANs : 33
VTP Operating Mode : Server
VTP Domain Name : Lab_Network
VTP Pruning Mode : Enabled
VTP Traps Generation : Disabled
MD5 digest : 0xE6 0xF8 0x3E 0xDD 0xA4 0xF5 0xC2 0x0E
Configuration last modified by 172.20.52.18 at 9-22-99 11:18:20
Local updater ID is 172.20.52.18 on interface Vl1 (lowest numbered VLAN interfac
This example shows how to display only those lines in the show vtp output that contain the word Summary:
Switch# show vtp counters | include Summary
Summary advertisements received : 1
Summary advertisements transmitted : 32
Trunk Join Transmitted Join Received Summary advts received from
Table 2-32 describes the fields in the show vtp command output.
Table 2-32 show vtp Command Output Fields
|
|
Summary advertisements received |
Total number of summary advertisements received. |
Subset advertisements received |
Total number of subset advertisements received. |
Request advertisements received |
Total number of request advertisements received. |
Summary advertisements transmitted |
Total number of summary advertisements transmitted. |
Subset advertisements transmitted |
Total number of subset advertisements transmitted. |
Request advertisements transmitted |
Total number of request advertisements transmitted. |
Number of config revision errors |
Number of config revision errors. |
Number of config digest errors |
Number of config revision digest errors. |
Number of V1 summary errors |
Number of V1 summary errors. |
Trunk |
Trunk port participating in VTP pruning. |
Join Transmitted |
Number of VTP-Pruning Joins transmitted. |
Join Received |
Number of VTP-Pruning Joins received. |
Summary advts received from non-pruning-capable device |
Number of Summary advertisements received from nonpruning-capable devices. |
Number of existing VLANs |
Total number of VLANs in the domain. |
Configuration Revision |
VTP revision number used to exchange VLAN information. |
Maximum VLANs supported locally |
Maximum number of VLANs allowed on the device. |
Number of existing VLANs |
Number of existing VLANs. |
VTP Operating Mode |
Indicates whether VTP is enabled or disabled. |
VTP Domain Name |
Name of the VTP domain. |
VTP Pruning Mode |
Indicates whether VTP pruning is enabled or disabled. |
VTP V2 Mode |
Indicates the VTP V2 mode as server, client, or transparent. |
VTP Traps Generation |
Indicates whether VTP trap generation mode is enabled or disabled. |
MD5 digest |
Checksum values. |
Related Commands